2005 TITAN OWNER'S MANUAL
Upcoming SlideShare
Loading in...5
×
 

Like this? Share it with your network

Share

2005 TITAN OWNER'S MANUAL

on

  • 1,267 views

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a Nissan 2005 TITAN or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey ...

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a Nissan 2005 TITAN or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey between Cherry Hill and Mount Holly. Only 20 minutes from Philadelphia. Classic Cars Nissan 1513 Route 38 Hainesport, NJ 08036 866-CLASSIC or 866-252-7742

Statistics

Views

Total Views
1,267
Views on SlideShare
1,267
Embed Views
0

Actions

Likes
0
Downloads
1
Comments
0

0 Embeds 0

No embeds

Accessibility

Upload Details

Uploaded via as Adobe PDF

Usage Rights

© All Rights Reserved

Report content

Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel
  • Full Name Full Name Comment goes here.
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
    Processing…
Post Comment
Edit your comment

2005 TITAN OWNER'S MANUAL Presentation Transcript

  • 1. FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELYWelcome to the growing family of new NISSAN Before driving your vehicle please read this Own- As with other vehicles with features forowners. This vehicle is delivered to you with er’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity off-road use, failure to operate four-wheelconfidence. It was produced using the latest with controls and maintenance requirements, as- drive models correctly may result in loss oftechniques and strict quality control. sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle. control or an accident. Be sure to read “Driving safety precautions” in the “Start-This manual was prepared to help you under- ing and driving” section of this manual.stand the operation and maintenance of your WARNINGvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilome- IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE- ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIVINGters) of driving pleasure. Please read through this MINDERS FOR SAFETY! This vehicle will handle and maneuvermanual before operating your vehicle. differently from an ordinary passenger Follow these important driving rules toA separate Warranty Information Booklet help ensure a safe and comfortable trip car because it has a higher center ofexplains details about the warranties cov- for you and your passengers! gravity for off-road use. As with otherering your vehicle. The “NISSAN Service vehicles with features of this type, fail- ● NEVER drive under the influence of al-and Maintenance Guide” explains details ure to operate this vehicle correctly may cohol or drugs.about maintaining and servicing your ve- result in loss of control or an accident.hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer ● ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions. Be sure to read “On-pavement and off-Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns you road driving precautions”, and “Avoid- ● ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro- ing collision and rollover”, and “Drivingmay have with your vehicle, as well as priate child restraint systems. Pre-teen safety precautions”, in the “Starting andclarify your rights under your state’s lemon children should be seated in the rear driving” section of this manual.law. seat.Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle ● ALWAYS provide information about the MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEbest. When you require any service or have any proper use of vehicle safety features toquestions, they will be glad to assist you with the This vehicle should not be modified. all occupants of the vehicle.extensive resources available to them. Modification could affect its performance, ● ALWAYS review this owner’s manual for safety or durability, and may even violate important safety information. governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems result- For descriptions specified for four-wheel drive ing from modifications may not be cov- models, a mark is placed at the begin- ning of the applicable sections/items. ered under NISSAN warranties. ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 2. WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for all options CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65available on this model. Therefore, you may find WARNINGsome information that does not apply to yourvehicle. WARNINGAll information, specifications and illustrations in Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,this manual are those in effect at the time of and certain vehicle components containprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to change or emit chemicals known to the State ofspecifications or design without notice and with- California to cause cancer and birth de-out obligation. fects or other reproductive harm. In addi-IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT tion, certain fluids contained in vehiclesTHIS MANUAL and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to theYou will see various symbols in this manual. They State of California to cause cancer andare used in the following ways: APD1005 birth defects or other reproductive harm. If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this” WARNING or “Do not let this happen.”This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce the If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra-risk, the procedures must be followed tion, it means the arrow points to the front of theprecisely. vehicle. © 2004 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC. GARDENA, CALIFORNIA CAUTION All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sThis is used to indicate the presence of a Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrievalhazard that could cause minor or moder- indicate movement or action. system, or transmitted in any form, or by anyate personal injury or damage to your ve- means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro- recording or otherwise, without the prior writtencedures must be followed carefully. Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these permission of Nissan North America, Inc., Gar- call attention to an item in the illustration. dena, California. ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 3. WELCOME TO THE WORLD OF NISSAN NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics and com- puters in automobiles, and has led the industry in improving both performance and fuel efficiency through new engine designs and the use of syn- thetic materials to reduce vehicle weight. The com- pany has also developed ways to build quality into its vehicles at each stage of the production process, both through extensive use of automation and — most importantly — through an awareness that people are the central element in quality control. From the time the parts arrived from our suppliers until you took delivery of your new NISSAN, dozens of checks were made to ensure that only the best job was being done in producing and delivering your vehicle. NISSAN also takes great care to ensure that when you take your NISSAN to your dealer for WFW0014 maintenance, the service technician will perform his work according to the quality standards that haveYour new NISSAN is the result of our dedication to styling design at Nissan Design America, Inc. in San been established by NISSAN.produce the finest in safe, reliable and economical Diego, California, and engineering at Nissan Tech-transportation. Your vehicle is the product of a suc- nical Center North America in Farmington Hills, Safety has also been built into your NISSAN. As youcessful worldwide company that manufactures cars Michigan. Additionally, NISSAN employs more than know, seat belts are an integral part of the safetyand trucks in over 17 countries and distributes them 21,000 people throughout the United States, systems that will help protect you and your passen-in 170 nations. Canada, and Mexico. An additional 60,000 people gers in the event of a sudden stop or an accident. work for the 1,250 NISSAN and INFINITI dealers We urge you to use the seat belts every time youNISSAN vehicles are designed and manufactured drive the vehicle.by Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. which was founded in across North America.Tokyo, Japan in 1933, and NISSAN affiliates world- The NISSAN story of growth and achievement re-wide, collectively growing to become the fifth largest NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to the flects our major goal: to provide you, our customer,automaker in the world. In addition to cars and Canadian economy. Nissan Canada Inc., its suppli- with a vehicle that is built with quality and craftsman-trucks, NISSAN also makes forklift trucks, marine ers and over 150 dealers employ approximately ship — a product that we can be proud to build andengines, boats and other diversified products. 4,500 people. These include company employees you can be proud to own. and the staffs of NISSAN dealers all across Canada.NISSAN has made a substantial and growing in- In addition, many Canadians work for companiesvestment in North America. NISSAN’s commitment that supply NISSAN and NISSAN dealers with ma-is over $6 billion dollars in capital investments in terials and services ranging from the operation offacilities across the continent. Some of the facilities port facilities and transportation services, to theinclude the Nissan Manufacturing facilities in Can- supply of lubricants, parts and accessories.ton, Mississippi and in Smyrna, Tennessee, vehicle ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 4. NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMNISSAN CARES . . .Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.However, if there is something that your NISSAN The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for You can write to NISSAN with the information at:dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to the following information: For U.S. customersprovide NISSAN directly with comments or – Your name, address, and telephone number Nissan North America, Inc.questions, please contact the NISSAN Con- – Vehicle identification number (attached to the Consumer Affairs Departmentsumer Affairs Department using our toll-free top of the instrument panel on the driver’s P.O. Box 191number: side) Gardena, California 90248-0191For U.S. customers – Date of purchase For Canadian customers 1-800-NISSAN-1 Nissan Canada Inc. (1-800-647-7261) – Current odometer reading 5290 Orbitor DriveFor Canadian customers – Your NISSAN dealer’s name Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 1-800-387-0122 – Your comments or questions OR We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle. ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 5. Table of Illustrated table of contents 0Contents Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Instruments and controls 2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4 Starting and driving 5 In case of emergency 6 Appearance and care 7 Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8 Technical and consumer information 9 Index 10
  • 6. ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 7. 0 Illustrated table of contentsAirbags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2 Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Exterior rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 8. AIRBAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS 1. 2nd row seat belts (P. 1-13) 2. Supplemental curtain side-impact and rollover air bags (P. 1-43) 3. Front seat belts (P. 1-13) 4. Supplemental front impact air bags (P. 1-43) 5. Seats (P. 1-2) 6. Occupant classification sensor (weight sensor) (P. 1-52) 7. Seat belt pre-tensioners (P. 1-56) 8. Supplemental side-impact air bag (if so equipped) (P. 1-43) 9. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) (P. 1-30) 10. Top tether strap anchor point (P. 1-31) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII00280-2 Illustrated table of contents ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 9. EXTERIOR FRONT 1. Engine hood (P. 3-10) 2. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P. 2-23) 3. Windshield (P. 8-18) 4. Sunroof (if so equipped) (P. 2-48) 5. Power windows (P. 2-44) 6. Door locks, keyfob, keys (P. 3-3, 3-7, 3-2) 7. Mirrors (P. 3-15) 8. Tire pressure (P. 9-12) 9. Flat tire (P. 6-2) 10. Tire chains (P. 8-36) 11. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-27) 12. Headlight and turn signal switch (P. 2-24) 13. Fog light switch (P. 2-28) 14. Tow hooks (P. 6-13) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII0030 Illustrated table of contents 0-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 10. EXTERIOR REAR 1. Rear sliding window (if so equipped) (P. 2-47) 2. Vehicle loading (P. 9-13) 3. Tailgate/Truckbox (P. 3-19) 4. Trailer hitch/Towing (if so equipped) (P. 9-23) 5. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-27) 6. Bedside storage compartment (P. 2-44) 7. Fuel filler cap, fuel recommendation (P. 3-10, P. 9-3) 8. Fuel filler door (P. 3-10) 9. Child safety rear door lock (Crew Cab models only) (P. 3-6) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII00270-4 Illustrated table of contents ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 11. PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 1. DVD entertainment system (if so equipped) (P. 4-39) 2. Sunroof (if so equipped) (P. 2-48) 3. Map lights (P. 2-51) 4. Sun visors (P. 3-13) 5. HomeLinkா (P. 2-52) 6. Glove box (P. 2-38) 7. Cup holders (P. 2-41) 8. Front seats (P. 1-2) 9. Folding rear bench seat (P. 1-10) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII0029 Illustrated table of contents 0-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 12. INSTRUMENT PANEL 1. Ventilators (P. 4-12) 2. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-27) 3. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/ turn signal switch (P. 2-24) 4. Steering wheel switch for audio control (P. 4-37) 5. Driver supplemental air bag/horn (P. 1-43, P. 2-29) 6. Meters, gauges and warning/indicator lights (P. 2-4, 2-12) 7. Cruise control main/set switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-17) 8. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P. 2-23) 9. Ignition switch (P. 5-7) 10. Navigation system* (if so equipped) (P. 4-2) 11. Navigation system* controls (if so equipped) (P. 4-2) 12. Audio system controls (P. 4-20) 13. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P. 1-43) 14. Glove box (P. 2-38) 15. Climate controls (P. 4-13) 16. Aux jack (P. 4-36) 17. Heated seat switch (if so equipped) WIC0852 (P. 2-30)0-6 Illustrated table of contents ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 13. 18. Power outlet/Cigarette lighter *: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own- (accessory) (P. 2-33/P. 2-35) er’s Manual (if so equipped).19. Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off See the page number indicated in paren- switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-31) theses for operating details.20. Tow mode switch (P. 2-33)21. Electronic locking rear differential (E-Lock) system switch (if so equipped) (P.2-31)22. Shift selector lever (console) (if so equipped) (P. 5-10)23. Power outlet (P. 2-33)24. Front passenger air bag status light (P. 2-18)25. Hazard lights (P. 2-28)26. 4WD shift switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-20)27. Shift selector lever (column) (if so equipped) (P. 5-10)28. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-27)29. Tilt steering wheel control (P. 3-12)30. Cargo lamp switch (P. 2-29)31. Rear sonar system off switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-32)32. Pedal position adjustment switch (if so equipped) (P. 3-12)33. Rear power window switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-47) Illustrated table of contents 0-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 14. ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS 1. Battery (P. 8-13) 2. Fuse/fusible link box (P. 8-20) 3. Transmission dipstick (P. 8-11) 4. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-8) 5. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-12) 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-12) 7. Air cleaner (P. 8-16) 8. Radiator cap (P. 8-7) 9. Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-11) 10. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-8) 11. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-7) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. WDI04130-8 Illustrated table of contents ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 15. WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning Name Page Warning Name Page Warning Name Page light light light Anti-lock brake 2-13 Door open 2-14 Seat belt warn- 2-16 or warning light warning light ing light and chime Engine oil pres- 2-14 sure low/engine Supplemental 2-16 Automatic 2-13 coolant tem- air bag warning transmission perature high light check warning warning light light 4WD warning 2-15 Automatic 2-13 light ( Indicator Name Page transmission model) light park warning Automatic 2-17 light ( Low fuel warn- 2-15 ing light transmission model) position indica- Brake warning 2-13 Low tire pres- 2-15 tor light light sure warning or Cruise main 2-17 light switch indicator Low windshield 2-16 light Charge warning 2-14 washer fluid light warning light Illustrated table of contents 0-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 16. Indicator Name Page Indicator Name Page Indicator Name Page light light light Cruise set 2-17 High beam in- 2-18 Transfer 4LO 2-19 switch indicator dicator light position indica- light (Blue) tor light ( Electronic lock- 2-17 Malfunction 2-18 model) ing rear differ- indicator lamp ential (E-Lock) (MIL) Turn 2-19 system on indi- signal/hazard Security indica- 2-19 cator light (if indicator lights tor light (NVIS) so equipped) (if so equipped) Vehicle dy- 2-19 4WD shift indi- 2-17 namic control Active brake 2-19 cator light off indicator limited slip ( light (if so (ABLS) (if so model) equipped) equipped) Front passenger 2-18 Slip indicator 2-19 or air bag status light (if so light equipped)0-10 Illustrated table of contents ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 17. 1 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint systemSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 Front manual captain’s chair seat adjustment Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Front manual bench seat adjustment Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Child restraint installation on rear bench seat . . . . . 1-24 Front power seat adjustment LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 CHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30 Head restraint adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31 Active head restraint (front seats). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Child restraint installation on front passenger Armrests (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 seat outboard position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33 Flexible seating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Child restraint installation on front benchSeat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 passenger seat center position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36 Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39 Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Precautions on booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39 Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43 Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Precautions on supplemental restraint Two-point type seat belt without retractor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43 (center of the front bench seat) Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 18. SEATS FRONT MANUAL CAPTAIN’S CHAIR SEAT ADJUSTMENT (if so equipped) WARNING ● Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con- trol of the vehicle. ● After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked. ARS1152 WARNING ● For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when be upright. Always sit well back in the the seatback is reclined. This can be seat and adjust the seat properly. See dangerous. The shoulder belt will not “Precautions on Seat Belt Usage” later be against your body. In an accident, in this section. you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 19. WARNING After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked. FRONT MANUAL BENCH SEAT ADJUSTMENT (if so equipped) WARNING ● Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con- trol of the vehicle. LRS0419 LRS0420 ● After adjustment, gently rock in the seatForward and backward Reclining to make sure it is securely locked.Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and leanseat forward or backward to the desired position. back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the leverRelease the lever to lock the seat in position. up and lean your body forward. Release the lever to lock the seatback in position. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit (see “Precautions on seat belt usage” later in this section). Also, the seatback can be re- clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve- hicle is stopped. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 20. WARNING After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked. LRS0426 LRS0427Forward and backward RecliningPull the lever up and hold it while you slide the To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and leanseat forward or backward to the desired position. back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the leverRelease the lever to lock the seat in position. up and lean your body forward. Release the lever to lock the seatback in position. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit (see “Precautions on seat belt usage” later in this section). Also, the seatback can be re- clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve- hicle is stopped.1-4 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 21. Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position. Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de- sired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback forward again, move the switch forward and move your body forward. The seatback will move forward. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for WRS0276 added comfort and to help obtain proper seatFRONT POWER SEAT Operating tips belt fit (see “Precautions on seat belt usage” laterADJUSTMENT (if so equipped) in this section). Also, the seatback can be re- ● The power seat motor has an auto-reset clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve- overload protection circuit. If the motor hicle is stopped. WARNING stops during operation, wait 30 seconds,● Do not adjust the driver’s seat while then reactivate the switch. driving so full attention may be given to ● Do not operate the power seat switch for a vehicle operation. The seat may move long period of time when the engine is off. suddenly and could cause loss of con- trol of the vehicle. This will discharge the battery.● Do not leave children unattended inside See “Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped)” the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- in “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” for auto- tivate switches or controls. Unattended matic drive positioner operation. children could become involved in seri- ous accidents. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 22. WRS0277 LRS0278 LRS0286Seat lifter (if so equipped for driver’s Lumbar support (driver’s seat) HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENTseat) The lumbar support feature provides lower back To raise the head restraint, pull it up. To lower,Push the front or rear end of the switch up or support to the driver. Move the lever up or down push and hold the lock knob and push the headdown to adjust the angle and height of the seat to adjust the seat lumbar area. restraint down.cushion. The head restraints on the rear bench seat are removable. The front seat head restraints are not removable.1-6 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 23. WARNINGHead restraints should be adjusted prop-erly as they may provide significant pro-tection against injury in an accident. Donot remove them. Check the adjustmentafter someone else uses the seat. WRS0134 SPA1025 Adjust the head restraint so the center is level ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT (front with the center of your ears. seats) WARNING ● Always adjust the head restraints prop- erly as specified in the previous section. Failure to do so can reduce the effec- tiveness of the active head restraint. ● Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems. Al- ways wear seat belts. No system can prevent all injuries in any accident. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 24. ● Do not attach anything to the head re- straint stalks. Doing so could impair active head restraint function.The head restraint moves forward utilizing theforce that the seatback receives from the occu-pant in a rear-end collision. The movement of thehead restraint helps support the occupant’s headby reducing its backward movement and helpingabsorb some of the forces that may lead to whip-lash type injuries.Active head restraints are effective for collisionsat low to medium speeds in which it is said thatwhiplash injury occurs most. WRS0368 LRS0425Active head restraints operate only in certain Type A Type Brear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original positions. ARMRESTS (if so equipped)Properly adjust the active head restraints as de- To use the armrests on the captain’s chairs (typescribed earlier in this section. A, if so equipped), pull them down to the resting position. To use the center armrest on the bench seat (type B, if so equipped), pull on the tab in the center of the seat and fold it down to the resting position.1-8 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 25. ● Do not fold down the rear seats when Folding the front passenger’s seatback occupants are in the rear seat area or flat (if so equipped) any luggage is on the rear seats. To fold the front passenger’s seatback flat for ● Head restraints should be adjusted extra storage length when transporting long properly as they may provide significant items: protection against injury in an accident. Always replace and adjust them prop- ᭺ 1 Slide the seat to the rear-most position. erly if they have been removed for any Then lift up on the recline lever, located on reason. the outside of the seat, and fold the seatback forward as far as it will go. ● If the head restraints are removed for any reason, they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the LRS0341 vehicle in case of sudden braking or anFLEXIBLE SEATING accident. ● When returning the seatbacks to the WARNING upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi-● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo tion. If they are not completely secured, area or on the rear seats when they are passengers may be injured in an acci- in the fold-down position. In a collision, dent or sudden stop. people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be ● Properly secure all cargo to help pre- seriously injured or killed. vent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks.● Do not allow people to ride in any area In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured of your vehicle that is not equipped with cargo could cause personal injury. seats and seat belts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 26. WARNING ● If you fold the front passenger’s seat- back flat forward to carry longer ob- jects, be sure this cargo is properly se- cured and not near an air bag. In a crash, an inflating air bag might force that object toward a person. This could cause severe injury or even death. Se- cure objects away from the area in which an air bag would inflate. See “Precautions on supplemental restraint system” later in this section. ● When returning the seatbacks to the LRS0342 upright position, be certain they are LRS0398᭺2 Lift up on the latch located on the upper completely secured in the latched posi- Folding the rear bench seat corner of the seatback to release the back of tion. If they are not completely secured, the seat. This will enable you to fold the front passengers may be injured in an acci- To fold the rear bench seat up for storage capac- dent or sudden stop. ity behind the front seats or to remove the jacking passenger seatback flat over the seat cush- tools from the storage area: ion. 3. To return the front passenger’s seat to a ᭺ 1 Lift up on the lever, located on the side of the seat, while lifting the front of the seat cushion seating position lift up on the seatback and up. push it up to an upright position. Then pull up on the recline lever and lean the seatback to a proper seating position. Release the lever to lock the seatback in position.1-10 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 27. WARNING ● When the vehicle is being used to carry cargo, properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seat- backs. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. ● Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly. Never ride in the rear LRS0399 LRS0400 seat unless the seat bottom cushions᭺2 Fold the bottom of the seat cushion toward ᭺ 3 Repeat this process to raise and secure the are in place and latched. the back of the vehicle until it locks in place. seat cushion on the other side of the vehicle ● When returning the seatbacks to the for maximum storage capacity. upright position, be certain they are To return the rear bench seat to a seating position completely secured in the latched posi- reverse the process. Make sure to properly tion. If they are not completely secured, push the seat cushion down into place. passengers may be injured in an acci- dent or sudden stop. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 28. WARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold-down position. Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci- dent or sudden stop. LRS0392Folding the rear bench seat downThe rear bench seatback can be tilted forward toaccess the child restraint anchor point locations.To tilt the seatback forward, pull the strap up ᭺ 1and tilt the seatback. The child restraint anchorpoints ᭺ can be accessed behind the rear 2bench seatback.1-12 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 29. SEAT BELTS SSS0136PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properly ad-justed and you are sitting upright and well back inyour seat, your chances of being injured or killedin an accident and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encouragesyou and all of your passengers to buckle up everytime you drive, even if your seating position in-cludes a supplemental air bag.Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts be wornat all times when a vehicle is being driven. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 30. SSS0134 SSS0016 WARNING WARNING● Every person who drives or rides in this ● The seat belt should be properly ad- vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so may times. Children should be properly re- reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and, if appro- restraint system and increase the priate, in a child restraint. chance or severity of injury in an acci- dent. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly.1-14 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 31. ● Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely ● All seat belt assemblies, including re- fastened to the proper buckle. tractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after any collision ● Do not wear the seat belt inside out or by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recom- twisted. Doing so may reduce its mends that all seat belt assemblies in effectiveness. use during a collision be replaced un- ● Do not allow more than one person to less the collision was minor and the use the same seat belt. belts show no damage and continue to ● Never carry more people in the vehicle operate properly. Seat belt assemblies than there are seat belts. not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either ● If the seat belt warning light glows con- damage or improper operation is noted. tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat ● All child restraints and attaching hard- SSS0014 belts fastened, it may indicate a mal- ware should be inspected after any col- function in the system. Have the system lision. Always follow the restraint WARNING checked by a NISSAN dealer. manufacturer’s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations.● Always route the shoulder belt over ● Once the pre-tensioner seat belt has The child restraints should be replaced your shoulder and across your chest. activated, it cannot be reused and must if they are damaged. Never run the belt behind your back, be replaced together with the retractor. under your arm or across your neck. The See your NISSAN dealer. CHILD SAFETY belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. ● Removal and installation of the pre- Children need adults to help protect them. tensioner seat belt system components They need to be properly restrained.● Position the lap belt as low and snug as should be done by a NISSAN dealer. possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE In addition to the general information in this WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could manual, child safety information is available from increase the risk of internal injuries in many other sources, including doctors, teachers, an accident. government traffic safety offices, and community organizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 32. There are three basic types of child restraint for infants and small children. See “Child Re- Small Childrensystems: straints” later in this section. Children that are over one year old and weigh ● Rear facing child restraint Also, there are other types of child restraints between 20 lbs (9 kg) and 40 lbs (18 kgs) can be available for larger children for additional protec- placed in a forward facing child restraint. Refer to ● Front facing child restraint tion. the manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and ● Booster seat maximum weight and height recommendations. NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensThe proper restraint depends on the child’s size. and children be restrained in the rear seat. NISSAN recommends that small children beGenerally, infants up to about 1 year and less According to accident statistics, children placed in child restraints that comply with Federalthan 20 pounds (9 kg) should be placed in rear are safer when properly restrained in the Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo-facing child restraints. Front facing child re- rear seat than in the front seat. tor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choosestraints are available for children who outgrow a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always This is especially important because your follow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-rear facing child restraints and are at least one vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys- lation and use.year old. Booster seats are used to help position tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no Larger children ger. See “Supplemental restraint system”longer use a front facing child restraint. later in this section. Children who are too large for child restraints WARNING Infants should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided. The seat belt may not fitInfants and children need special protec- Infants up to at least one year old should be properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inchestion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit placed in a rear facing child restraint. NISSAN (142.5 cm) tall and weighs between 40 lbs (18them properly. The shoulder belt may recommends that infants be placed in child re- kg) and 80 lbs (36 kg). A booster seat should become too close to the face or neck. The straints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle used to obtain proper seat belt fit.lap belt may not fit over their small hip Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehiclebones. In an accident, an improperly fit- NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in ating seat belt could cause serious or fatal Safety Standards. You should choose a child commercially available booster seat if the shoul-injury. Always use appropriate child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow der belt in the child’s seating position fits close torestraints. the manufacturer’s instructions for installation the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat and use. belt goes across the abdomen. The booster seatAll U.S. states and Canadian provinces or terri- should raise the child so that the shoulder belt istories require the use of approved child restraints properly positioned across the top, middle por-1-16 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 33. tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the INJURED PERSONShips. A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seat belt. NISSAN recommends that injured persons useThe booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and seat belts. Check with your doctor for specifichave a label certifying that it complies with Fed- recommendations.eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTMotor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the childhas grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or WITH RETRACTORnear the face and neck, use the shoulder beltwithout the booster seat. WARNING ● Every person who drives or rides in this WARNING vehicle should use a seat belt at allNever let a child stand or kneel on any times.seat and do not allow a child in the cargo ● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when WRS0137areas while the vehicle is moving. The the seatback is reclined. This can bechild could be seriously injured or killed in dangerous. The shoulder belt will not ᭺ 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractoran accident or sudden stop. be against your body. In an accident, and insert the tongue into the buckle until you could be thrown into it and receive you hear and feel the latch engage.PREGNANT WOMEN neck or other serious injuries. You ● The retractor is designed to lock duringNISSAN recommends that pregnant women use could also slide under the lap belt and a sudden stop or on impact. A slowseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, receive serious internal injuries. pulling motion permits the seat belt toand always position the lap belt as low as pos- ● For the most effective protection when move, and allows you some freedom ofsible around the hips, not the waist. Place the the vehicle is in motion, the seat should movement in the seat.shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your be upright. Always sit well back in thechest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your ● If the seat belt cannot be pulled from seat and adjust the seat belt properly. its fully retracted position, firmly pullabdominal area. Contact your doctor for specificrecommendations. Fastening the seat belts the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor. 1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in this section. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 34. retracted. Once retracted, the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode. See “Child restraints” later in this section for more information. The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by a passen- ger, the locking mode should not be acti- vated. If it is activated it may cause uncom- fortable seat belt tension. It can also change the operation of the front passen- ger air bag. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” later in this section. WARNING WRS0138 WRS0139 When fastening the seat belts, be certain᭺3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug that the seatbacks are completely se- Unfastening the seat belts on the hips as shown. cured in the latched position. If they are ᭺ 1 To unfasten the seat belt, press the button on᭺4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the not completely secured, passengers may the buckle. The seat belt automatically re- retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the be injured in an accident or sudden stop. tracts. shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest. Checking seat belt operationThe right front passenger seat and the rear seat- Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belting positions three-point seat belts have a locking movement by two separate methods:mechanism for child restraint installation. It is ● When the seat belt is pulled quickly from thereferred to as the automatic locking mode or child retractor.restraint mode. ● When the vehicle slows down rapidly.When automatic locking mode is activated theseat belt cannot be extended again until the seatbelt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully1-18 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
  • 35. To increase your confidence in the seat belts, WARNINGcheck the operation as follows. ● After adjustment, release the adjust- ● Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward ment button and try to move the shoul- quickly. The retractor should lock and re- der belt anchor up and down to make strict further belt movement. sure it is securely fixed in position.If the retractor does not lock during this check or ● The shoulder belt anchor height shouldif you have any questions about seat belt opera- be adjusted to the position best for you.tion, see a NISSAN dealer. Failure to do so may reduce the effec- tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident. LRS0242 Front seats Shoulder belt height adjustment (front outboard seats) The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad- justed to the position best for you. (See “Precau- tions on seat belt usage” earlier in this section.) To adjust, pull out᭺ the adjustment button and 1 move the shoulder belt anchor᭺to the desired 2 position, so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Re- lease the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 36. WRS0190 WRS0445 WRS0446TWO-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT Fastening the belts 2. Tighten the belt by pulling the free end of theWITHOUT RETRACTOR (center of belt away from the tongue. 1. Insert the tongue into the buckle until youthe front bench seat) (if so equipped) hear and feel the latch engage.1-20 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 37. WRS0447 WRS0448 WRS02013. Position the lap belt low and snug on the 4. Loosen the belt by holding the tongue at a Unfastening the seat belts hips as illustrated. right angle to the belt, then pull on the belt. To unfasten the seat belt, press the button the buckle. SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the three-point lap- shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender is avail- able which is compatible with the installed seat belts. The extender adds approximately 8 inches (200 mm) of length and may be used for either the driver or right front passenger seating posi- tion. See a NISSAN dealer for assistance if an extender is required. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 38. CHILD RESTRAINTS ● Periodically check to see that the seat WARNING belt and the metal components, such as● Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, made buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires by the same company which made the and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, original equipment seat belts, should deterioration, cuts or other damage on the be used with NISSAN seat belts. webbing is found, the entire seat belt as-● Adults and children who can use the sembly should be replaced. standard seat belt should not use an extender. Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident.● Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the child could be ARS1098 seriously injured in a collision or a sud- den stop. PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTSSEAT BELT MAINTENANCE ● To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a WARNING mild soap solution or any solution recom- ● Infants and small children should al- mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. ways be placed in an appropriate child Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat restraint while riding in the vehicle. belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the Failure to use a child restraint can re- seat belts to retract until they are completely sult in serious injury or death. dry. ● If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.1-22 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 39. ● Never install a rear-facing child re- Child restraints for infants and small children of straint in the front seat. An inflating various sizes are offered by several manufactur- supplemental front air bag could seri- ers. When selecting any child restraint, keep the ously injure or kill your child. A rear- following points in mind: facing child restraint must only be used ● Choose only a restraint with a label certifying in the rear seat. that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle ● NISSAN recommends that the child re- Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor straint be installed in the rear seat. Ac- Vehicle Safety Standard 213. cording to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in ● Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be the rear seat than in the front seat. sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat and seat belt system. ● An improperly installed child restraint could lead to serious injury or death in ● If the child restraint is compatible with your WRS0256 an accident. vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be WARNING In general, child restraints are designed to be sure the child restraint is compatible with installed with the lap portion of a lap/shoulder your child. Choose a child restraint that is● Infants and small children should never belt. In addition, this vehicle is equipped with a be carried on your lap. It is not possible designed for your child’s height and weight. universal child restraint lower anchor system, re- for even the strongest adult to resist the Always follow all recommended procedures. ferred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and forces of a severe accident. The child Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child re- All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or could be crushed between the adult and straints include two rigid or webbing-mounted territories require that infants and small parts of the vehicle. Also, do not put the attachments that can be connected to these children be restrained in an approved child same seat belt around both your child lower anchors. For details, see the “LATCH restraint at all times while the vehicle is and yourself. (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys- being operated. tem” later in this section. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 40. WARNING ● After attaching the child restraint, test it CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION before you place the child in it. Push it ON REAR BENCH SEAT● Improper use of a child restraint can from side to side. Try to tug it forward increase the risk or severity of injury for and check to see if the belt holds the both the child and other occupants of WARNING restraint in place. The child restraint the vehicle. should not move more than 1 inch (25 ● The three-point seat belt in your vehicle● Follow all of the child restraint manu- mm). If the restraint is not secure, is equipped with an automatic locking facturer’s instructions for installation tighten the belt as necessary, or put the mode retractor which must be used and use. When purchasing a child re- restraint in another seat and test it when installing a child restraint. straint, be sure to select one which will again. ● Failure to use the retractor’s locking fit your child and vehicle. It may not be ● If you must install a front facing child mode will result in the child restraint possible to properly install some types restraint in the front seat, see “Child not being properly secured. The re- of child restraints in your vehicle. restraint installation on front passenger straint could tip over or otherwise be● If the child restraint is not anchored seat” later in this section. unsecured and cause injury to the child properly, the risk of a child being in- in a sudden stop or collision. ● When your child restraint is not in use, jured in a collision or a sudden stop keep it secured with a seat belt to pre- ● When installing a child restraint system greatly increases. vent it from being thrown around in in the rear center position both the cen-● Adjustable seatbacks should be posi- case of a sudden stop or accident. ter seat belt connector tongue and tioned to fit the child restraint, but as buckle tongue must be secured. upright as possible. CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint.1-24 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 41. 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Ad- just the head restraint to its highest position. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back. If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. See “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this section. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child LRS0402 LRS0401 restraint fit, try another seating position or aFront Facing (outboard) — step 1 Front Facing (center) — step 1 different child restraint. Front facing When you install a child restraint on the rear bench seat, follow these steps: Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—tmchalpi ੭
  • 42. WRS0250 LRS0458 LRS0457 Front Facing — step 2 Front Facing — step 3 Front Facing — step 4 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended. At this time, the seat belt shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. hear and feel the latch engage. retractor is in the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode). It reverts back to Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- emergency locking mode when the seat belt facturer’s instructions for belt routing. is fully retracted.1-26 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 43. 6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor, the retractor is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. WRS0252 LRS0403 Front Facing — step 5 Rear Facing (outboard) — step 15. Before placing the child in the child restraint, use force to push the child restraint from side to side, and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place. It should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm). If it does move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint. If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again , or try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—tmchalpi ੭
  • 44. LRS0404 LRS0408 LRS0409 Rear Facing (center) — step 1 Rear Facing — step 2 Rear Facing — step 3Rear facing 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended. At this time, the seat beltWhen you install a child restraint on the rear hear and feel the latch engage. retractor is in the automatic locking modebench seat, follow these steps: (child restraint mode). It reverts to emer- Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al- gency locking mode when the seat belt is facturer’s instructions for belt routing. ways follow the restraint manufacturer’s in- fully retracted. structions.1-28 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—tmchalpi ੭
  • 45. 6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor, the retractor is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. LRS0410 LRS0411 Rear Facing — step 4 Rear Facing — step 54. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint, shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. use force to push the child restraint from side to side, and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place. It should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm). If it does move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint. If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again , or try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—tmchalpi ੭
  • 46. seat belt to secure the child restraint. Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compatible child re- straints. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH sys- tem. This information may also be in the child restraint owner’s manual. If you have such a child restraint, refer to the illustration for the seating positions equipped with LATCH system anchors which can be used to secure the child restraint. The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors. LRS0429 LRS0395LATCH system anchor point locations rear LATCH anchor point labels rear bench seat LATCH child restraints generally require the use bench seat of a top tether strap. See “Top tether strap child ● The LATCH system anchors are de- restraint” later in this section for installation in-LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers signed to withstand only those loads structions.for CHildren) SYSTEM imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. Under no circumstance are When installing a child restraint, carefully read they to be used for adult seat belts or and follow the instructions in this manual and WARNING harnesses. those supplied with the child restraint.● Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown. If Some child restraints include two rigid or a child restraint is not secured properly, webbing-mounted attachments that can be con- your child could be seriously injured or nected to two anchors located at certain seating killed in an accident. positions in your vehicle. This system is known as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil- dren) system. This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle1-30 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 47. When you install a LATCH system compatible TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD Tighten the tether strap according to the manu-child restraint to the lower anchor attachments, RESTRAINT facturer’s instructions to remove any slack.follow these steps: For best child restraint fit, see the child restraint If your child restraint has a top tether strap, it must installation instructions in this section and the WARNING be secured to the anchor point provided behind child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.Inspect the lower anchors by inserting its position.your fingers into the lower anchor areaand feeling to make sure there are no WARNINGobstructions over the LATCH system an- ● Child restraint anchor points are de-chors, such as seat belt webbing or seat signed to withstand only those loadscushion material. The child restraint will imposed by correctly fitted child re-not be secured properly if the LATCH sys- straints. Under no circumstances aretem anchors are obstructed. they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses. 1. To install the LATCH system compatible child restraint, insert the child restraint ● A child restraint with a top tether should LATCH system anchor attachments into the not be used in the front seat. Do not anchor points on the seat. If the child re- attempt to attach a tether strap to the straint is equipped with a top tether, see rear tether anchor points from the front “Top tether strap child restraint” later in this seat. section for installation instructions. First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt 2. After attaching the child restraint and before or the LATCH system (rear bench seat outboard placing the child in it, use force to push the positions only), as applicable. child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint Adjust the rear bench seat head restraint to its is securely held in place. It should not move highest position and route the top tether strap more than 1 inch (25 mm). between the head restraint and the top of the seatback. Secure the child restraint with a seat 3. Check to make sure that the child restraint is belt. Secure the top tether strap to the anchor properly secured prior to each use. point which provides the straightest installation of the tether strap as shown later in this section. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—tmchalpi ੭
  • 48. LRS0393 LRS0392 WRS0423Anchor point locations Anchor point access 1. Top tether strap 1. Pull strapThe anchor points are located under the rear 2. Hookwindow behind the rear bench seat. 2. Anchor point location 3. Anchor pointIf you have any questions when installing a To access the anchor points behind the reartop strap child restraint on the rear seat, bench seat, tilt the rear seatback forward byconsult your NISSAN dealer for details. lifting up on the pull strap behind the seat back.1-32 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 49. ● The three-point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint. ● Failure to use the retractor’s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The re- straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front pas- senger air bag. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” later in this WRS0256 WRS0378 section.CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ● NISSAN recommends that child re-ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT straints be installed in the rear seat.OUTBOARD POSITION However, if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front pas- senger seat, move the passenger seat WARNING to the rearmost position. Also, be sure● Never install a rear-facing child re- the front passenger air bag status light straint in the front passenger seat. is illuminated to indicate the passenger Supplemental front air bags inflate with air bag is OFF. See “Front passenger air great force. A rear-facing child restraint bag and status light” later in this sec- could be struck by the supplemental tion for details. front air bag in a crash and could seri- ● A child restraint with a top tether strap ously injure or kill your child. should not be used in the front passen- ger seat. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 50. necessary, adjust or remove the head re- straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. See “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this section. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint. WRS0379 WRS0159 Front Facing — step 1 Front Facing — step 2If you must install a child restraint in the right front 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childseat, follow these steps: restraint and insert it into the buckle until you 1. Position the child restraint on the front pas- hear and feel the latch engage. senger seat. It should be placed in a Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- front-facing direction only. Move the facturer’s instructions for belt routing. seat to the rearmost position. Adjust the head restraint to its highest position. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s in- structions. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direc- tion and therefore must not be used in the front seat. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back. If1-34 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 51. WRS0160 LRS0457 WRS0380 Front Facing — step 3 Front Facing — step 4 Front Facing — step 53. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 4. Allow the seat belt to retract slightly. Pull up 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint, fully extended. At this time, the seat belt on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in use force to push the child restraint from retractor is in the automatic locking mode the belt. side to side, and tug it forward to make sure (child restraint mode). It reverts to emer- that it is securely held in place. It should not gency locking mode when the seat belt is move more than 1 inch (25 mm). If it does fully retracted. move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint. If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again , or try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 52. 6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic ● NISSAN recommends that child re- locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt straints be installed in the rear seat. out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any However, if you must install a forward more belt webbing out of the retractor, the facing child restraint in the front center retractor is in the automatic locking mode. bench seat, follow these instructions 7. Check to make sure the child restraint is carefully. properly secured prior to each use. If the ● A child restraint with a top tether strap seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 should not be used in the front passen- through 6. ger seat. 8. Turn the ignition to the ON position. The passenger air bag status light should say “OFF” or . If this light is not illu- minated it may indicate a malfunction. Move the child restraint to another seating WRS0256 position. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON FRONT BENCH PASSENGERAfter the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode SEAT CENTER POSITION(child restraint mode) is canceled. WARNING ● Never install a rear-facing child re- straint in the front passenger seat. Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force. A rear-facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seri- ously injure or kill your child.1-36 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 53. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back. If necessary, adjust or remove the head re- straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. See “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this section. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint. WRS0430 WRS0250 Front Facing — step 1 Front Facing — step 2If you must install a child restraint in the front 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childcenter bench seat, follow these steps: restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. 1. Position the child restraint on the front pas- senger bench seat as illustrated. It should Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- be placed in a front-facing direction facturer’s instructions for belt routing. only. Move the seat to the rearmost position. Adjust the head restraint to its highest position. Always follow the child re- straint manufacturer’s instructions. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 54. 6. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. WRS0264 WRS0265 Front Facing — step 3 Front Facing — step 4 3. Remove all slack in the lap belt for a very 4. Before placing the child in the child restraint, tight fit by pulling forcefully on the lap belt use force to push the child restraint from adjustment. side to side, and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place. It should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm). If it does move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint. If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again , or try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. 5. If it is not secure, try to tighten the belt again, or put the restraint in another seat.1-38 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 55. BOOSTER SEATSPRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER ● A booster seat must only be installed inSEATS a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt. One can not be used WARNING in the front center seat of a vehicle with a front bench seat. Failure to use a● Infants and small children should al- three-point type seat belt with a ways be placed in an appropriate child booster seat can result in a serious in- restraint while riding in the vehicle. jury in sudden stop or collision. Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury ● An improperly installed booster seat or death. could lead to serious injury or death in an accident.● Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap. It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident. The child LRS0455 could be crushed between the adult and WARNING parts of the vehicle. Also, do not put the same seat belt around both your child ● Do not use towels, books, pillows or and yourself. other items in place of a booster seat. Items such as these may move during● NISSAN recommends that the booster normal driving or a collision and result seat be installed in the rear seat. Ac- in serious injury or death. Booster seats cording to accident statistics, children are designed to be used with a are safer when properly restrained in lap/shoulder belt. Booster seats are de- the rear seat than in the front seat. signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child’s body to provide the maximum protection dur- ing a collision. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 56. children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. WARNING ● Improper use of a booster seat can in- crease the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle. ● Follow all of the booster seat manufac- turer’s instructions for installation and use. When purchasing a booster seat, be sure to select one which will fit your LRS0552 LRS0555 child and vehicle. It may not be possibleBooster seats of various sizes are offered by low back booster seat ᭺ is chosen, the 1 to properly install some types ofseveral manufacturers. When selecting any vehicle seat back must be at or above the booster seats in your vehicle.booster seat, keep the following points in mind: center of the child’s ears. If the seat back is ● If the booster seat and seat belt is not lower than the center of the child’s ears, a used properly, the risk of a child being ● Choose only a booster seat with a label high back booster seat ᭺ should be used. 2 injured in a collision or a sudden stop certifying that it complies with Federal Motor greatly increases. Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian ● If the booster seat is compatible with your Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. vehicle, place your child in the booster seat ● Adjustable seatbacks should be posi- and check the various adjustments to be tioned to fit the booster seat, but as ● Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be upright as possible. sure the booster seat is compatible with your sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat and seat belt system. child. Always follow all recommended pro- cedures. ● Make sure the child’s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or seat. The seat back must be at or above the territories require that infants and small center of the child’s ears. For example, if a1-40 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 57. ● After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt, make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child’s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen.● Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child’s arm. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, see “Booster seat installation on front passenger seat” later in this section.● When your booster seat is not in use, keep it secured with a seat belt to pre- LRS0555 LRS0553 vent it from being thrown around in outboard position center position case of a sudden stop or accident. Booster seat installation on rear seat 2. The booster seat should be positioned on center or outboard positions the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If neces- CAUTION sary, adjust or remove the head restraint toRemember that a booster seat left in a obtain the correct booster seat fit. See CAUTIONclosed vehicle can become very hot. “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in thisCheck the seating surface and buckles Do not use the lap/shoulder belt auto- section. If the head restraint is removed,before placing your child in the booster matic locking mode when using a booster store it in a secure place. Be sure to installseat. seat with the seat belts. When you install a the head restraint when the booster seat is booster seat in the rear seat follow these removed. If the seating position does not steps: have an adjustable head restraint and it is 1. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only interfering with the proper booster seat fit, place it in a front facing direction. Always try another seating position or a different follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- booster seat. structions. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 58. 3. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to place it in a front facing direction. Always follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- structions for adjusting the belt routing. structions. 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt 3. The booster seat should be positioned on toward the retractor to take up extra slack. the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If neces- Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned sary, adjust or remove the head restraint to across the top, middle portion of the child’s obtain the correct booster seat fit. See shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the section. If the head restraint is removed, belt routing. store it in a secure place. Be sure to install 5. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- the head restraint when the booster seat is tions for properly fastening a seat belt removed. If the seating position does not shown in the “Three-point seat belt with LRS0454 have an adjustable head restraint and it is retractor” earlier in this section. interfering with the proper booster seat fit, Booster seat installation on right front try another seating position or a different passenger seat booster seat. WARNING 4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to NISSAN recommends that child restraints follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- be installed in the rear seat. However, if structions for adjusting the belt routing. you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat, move the passenger seat 5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt to the rearmost position. toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, across the top, middle portion of the child’s follow these steps: shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat 1. Move the seat to the rear-most position. manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the belt routing.1-42 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 59. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- PRECAUTIONS ON vehicle is impacted. In a rollover both curtain air tions for properly fastening a seat belt SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated shown in the “Three-point seat belt with for a short time. retractor” earlier in this section. SYSTEM These supplemental restraint systems are de- This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec- signed to supplement the crash protection pro- tion contains important information concerning vided by the seat belts and are not a substitute the driver and passenger supplemental front air for them. Seat belts should always be correctly bags (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System), worn and the occupant seated a suitable dis- supplemental side air bags, curtain side-impact tance away from the steering wheel, instrument and rollover air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts. panel and door finishers. See “Seat belts” earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on Supplemental front impact air bag system: seat belt usage. The NISSAN advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of The supplemental air bags operate only the driver and right front, passenger in certain when the ignition switch is in the ON or frontal collisions. START position. Supplemental side-impact air bag system After turning the ignition key to the ON (if so equipped): This system can help cushion position, the supplemental air bag warning the impact force to the chest area of the driver light illuminates. The supplemental air bag and right front, passenger in certain side impact warning light will turn off after about 7 collisions. The supplemental side air bag is de- seconds if the system is operational. signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. Supplemental curtain side-impact and roll- over air bag system (if so equipped): This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions. In a side impact, the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 60. the seatback and as far away as practi- cal from the steering wheel or instru- ment panel. Always use the seat belts. ● The driver and right front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. ● The right front passenger seat is WRS0031 equipped with an occupant classifica- tion sensor (weight sensor) that turns WARNING ● The seat belts and the supplemental the right front passenger air bag OFF front air bags are most effective when● The supplemental front air bags ordi- under some conditions. This sensor is you are sitting well back and upright in narily will not inflate in the event of a only used in this seat. Failure to be the seat. The front air bags inflate with side impact, rear impact, rollover, or properly seated and wearing the seat great force. Even with the NISSAN ad- lower severity frontal collision. Also, belt can increase the risk or severity of vanced air bag system, if you are unre- the right front passenger air bag will not injury in an accident. See “Front Pas- strained, leaning forward, sitting side- inflate if the passenger air bag status senger air bag and status light” later in ways or out of position in any way, you light is lit. See “Front passenger air bag this section. are at greater risk of injury or death in a and status light” later in this section. crash. You may also receive serious or ● Keep hands on the outside of the steer- Always wear your seat belts to help fatal injuries from the supplemental ing wheel. Placing them inside the reduce the risk or severity of injury in front air bag if you are up against it steering wheel rim could increase the various kinds of accidents. when it inflates. Always sit back against risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates.1-44 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 61. ARS1133 ARS1041 WARNING ● Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 62. ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044 WARNING● Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags, side air bags or curtain side- impact and rollover air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre- teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible.1-46 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 63. ARS1045 WRS0256 WRS0431 Do not lean against doors or windows. WARNING WARNING ● Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing Supplemental side air bag and curtain child restraint in the front seat. An in- side-impact and rollover air bag (if so flating supplemental front air bag could equipped): seriously injure or kill your child. See ● The supplemental side air bag and cur- “Child restraints” earlier in this section tain side-impact and rollover air bag for details. ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 64. WARNING ● The seat belts, the supplemental side air bags and curtain side-impact and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and up- right in the seat. The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their LRS0396 SSS0162 hand out of the window or lean against Do not lean against doors or windows. Do not lean against doors or windows. the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previ- ous illustrations.1-48 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 65. LRS0421 SSS0159 WARNING● When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.● Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 66. 1. SRS curtain side-impact and rollover air bag modules 2. SRS curtain side-impact and rollover air bag 3. Diagnosis sensor unit 4. Supplemental front air bag modules 5. Crash zone sensor 6. Occupant classification system control unit 7. Occupant classification sensor 8. Seat belt buckle switches 9. Pre-tensioner retractor 10. Satellite sensors 11. Supplemental side air bag modules (if so equipped) NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System (front seats) This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad- vanced air bag system for the driver and right front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U.S. regu- lations. It is also permitted in Canada. However, all of the information, cautions and warn- ings in this manual still apply and must be followed. The driver supplemental front air bag is located in WRS0405 the center of the steering wheel. The passenger1-50 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 67. supplemental front air bag is mounted in the status light” later in this section for further details. to help protect the front occupants. Because ofdashboard above the glove box. The supplemen- One front air bag inflating does not indicate im- this, the force of the front air bag inflating cantal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher proper performance of the system. increase the risk of injury if the occupant is tooseverity frontal collisions, although they may in- close to, or is against, the front air bag module If you have any questions about your air bag during inflation.flate if the forces in another type of collision are system, please contact NISSAN or your NISSANsimilar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision. dealer. If you are considering modification of yourThey may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact The supplemental front air bags operateVehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an NISSAN. Contact information is contained in the only when the ignition switch is in the ONindication of proper supplemental front air bag beginning of this Owner’s Manual.system operation. or START position. When a supplemental front air bag inflates, a After turning the ignition key to the ONThe NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the position, the supplemental air bag warningstage inflators. It also monitors information from release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and light illuminates. The supplemental air bagthe crash zone sensor, the diagnosis sensor unit, does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken to warning light will turn off after about 7seat belt buckle sensors, occupant classification not inhale it, as it may cause irritation and chok- seconds if the system is operational.sensor (weight sensor) and right front passenger ing. Those with a history of a breathing conditionseat belt tension sensor. Inflator operation is should get fresh air promptly.based on the severity of a collision and seat belt Supplemental front air bags, along with the use ofusage for the driver. For the right front passenger, seat belts, help to cushion the impact force onit additionally monitors the weight of an occupant the face and chest of the driver and right frontor object on the seat and seat belt tension. Based passenger. They can help save lives and reduceon information from the sensors, only one front air serious injuries. However, an inflating front airbag may inflate in a crash, depending on the bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries.crash severity and whether the front occupants Front air bags do not provide restraint to theare belted or unbelted. Additionally, the front lower body.passenger air bag may be automatically turnedOFF under some conditions, depending on the Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seat beltsweight detected on the passenger seat and how should be correctly worn and the driver and pas-the seat belt is used. If the front passenger air bag senger seated upright as far as practical awayis OFF, the passenger air bag status light will be from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Theilluminated. See “Front passenger air bag and supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 68. Front passenger air bag The right front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is oper- ated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system. The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be auto- matically turned OFF. Certain sensors are used LRS0351 LRS0316 to meet the requirements.Front passenger air bag and status light Status light One sensor used is the occupant classification The right front passenger air bag status sensor (weight sensor). It is in the bottom of the WARNING light or is located under the climate right front passenger seat cushion and is de-The right front passenger air bag is de- controls. The light operates as follows: signed to detect an occupant and objects on thesigned to automatically turn OFF under right front seat by weight. It works together withsome conditions. Read this section care- ● Unoccupied passenger seat or when other conditions are met as outlined in this sec- seat belt sensors described later. For example, iffully to learn how it operates. Proper use a child is in the right front passenger seat, theof the seat, seat belt and child restraints is tion: The or illuminates to indi- advanced air bag system is designed to turn thenecessary for most effective protection. cate that the front passenger air bag is OFF passenger air bag OFF in accordance with theFailure to follow all instructions in this and will not inflate in a crash. regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the typemanual concerning the use of seats, seat ● Occupied passenger seat and the passen- specified in the regulations is on the seat, itsbelts and child restraints can increase the ger meets the conditions outlined in this weight and the child’s weight can be detectedrisk or severity of injury in an accident. section: The light or is OFF to and cause the air bag to turn OFF. Weight sensor indicate that the front passenger air bag is operation can vary depending on the right front operational. passenger seat belt sensors.1-52 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/27/04—rhinson ੭
  • 69. The right front passenger seat belt sensors are in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the weight If an adult occupant is in the right front seat anddesigned to detect if the seat belt is buckled and sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to the passenger air bag status light is illuminatedthe amount of tension on the seat belt, such as operate as described above to turn the front (indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could bewhen it is in the automatic locking mode (child passenger air bag OFF for specified child re- that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting onrestraint mode). Based on the weight on the seat straints as required by the regulations. Failing to the seat or not using the right front seat beltdetected by the weight sensor and the belt ten- properly secure child restraints and to use the properly. If a child restraint must be used in thesion detected on the seat belt, the advanced air automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) right front seat, but the status light is not litbag system determines whether the front pas- may allow the restraint to tip or move in an acci- (indicating that the air bag might inflate in asenger air bag should be automatically turned dent or sudden stop. This can also result in the crash), it could be that the child restraint or seatOFF as required by the regulations. belt is not being used properly. If such situations passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of happen, properly position and restrain the occu-Right front passenger seat adult occupants who being OFF. See “Child restraints” earlier in this pant or child restraint. Otherwise reposition theare properly seated and using the seat belt as section for proper use and installation. occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.outlined in this manual should not cause the If the right front passenger seat is not occupiedpassenger air bag to be automatically turned If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air and the seat belt is not buckled, the passenger air bag system, the supplemental air bag warningOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF. Also, bag is designed not to inflate in a crash. However,if the occupant takes his/her weight off the seat light , located in the meter and gauges area heavy objects placed on the seat could result in in the center of the instrument panel, will blink.cushion (for example, by not sitting upright, by air bag inflation, because of the object’s weight Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise detected by the weight sensor. Other conditionsbeing out of position), this could cause the sen-sor to turn the air bag OFF. In addition, if the could also result in air bag inflation, such as if aoccupant improperly uses the right front seat belt child is standing on the seat, or if two children arein the automatic locking mode (child restraint on the seat, contrary to the instructions in thismode), this could cause the air bag to be turned manual. Always be sure that you and all vehicleOFF. Always be sure to be seated and wearing occupants are seated and restrained properly.the seat belt properly for the most effective pro- Using the passenger air bag status light, you cantection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag. monitor when the front passenger air bag is au-NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil- tomatically turned OFF. The light will illuminatedren be properly restrained in a rear seat. (indicating the air bag is OFF and will not inflate)NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child when the right front passenger seat is not occu-restraints and booster seats be properly installed pied. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 70. Other supplemental front air bag precau- ● Tampering with the supplemental front ● Work on and around the supplementaltions air bag system may result in serious front air bag system should be done by personal injury. Tampering includes a NISSAN dealer. Installation of electri- WARNING changes to the steering wheel and the cal equipment should also be done by a● Do not place any objects on the steer- instrument panel assembly by placing NISSAN dealer. The Supplemental Re- ing wheel pad or on the instrument material over the steering wheel pad straint System (SRS) wiring should not panel. Also, do not place any objects and above the instrument panel or by be modified or disconnected. Unautho- between any occupant and the steering installing additional trim material rized electrical test equipment and wheel or instrument panel. Such ob- around the air bag system. probing devices should not be used on jects may become dangerous projec- the air bag system. ● Modifying or tampering with the front tiles and cause injury if the supplemen- passenger seat may result in serious ● A cracked windshield should be re- tal front air bag inflates. personal injury. For example, do not placed immediately by a qualified re-● Immediately after inflation, several change the front seats by placing mate- pair facility. A cracked windshield could front air bag system components will be rial on the seat cushion or by installing affect the function of the supplemental hot. Do not touch them; you may se- additional trim material, such as seat air bag system. verely burn yourself. covers, on the seat that are not specifi- ● The SRS wiring harness connectors are cally designed to assure proper air bag● No unauthorized changes should be yellow and orange for easy operation. Additionally, do not stow any made to any components or wiring of identification. objects under the front passenger seat the supplemental air bag system. This is or the seat cushion and seatback. Such When selling your vehicle, we request that you to prevent accidental inflation of the objects may interfere with the proper inform the buyer about the supplemental front air supplemental air bag or damage to the operation of the occupant classifica- bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri- supplemental air bag system. tion system (weight sensor). ate sections in this Owner’s Manual.● Do not make unauthorized changes to ● No unauthorized changes should be your vehicle’s electrical system, sus- made to any components or wiring of pension system or front end structure. the seat belt system. This may affect the This could affect proper operation of supplemental front air bag system. the supplemental front air bag system. Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.1-54 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 71. inflate in higher severity side collisions, although mental side air bags and curtain side-impact and they may inflate if the forces in another type of rollover air bags do not provide restraint to the collision are similar to those of a higher severity lower body. side impact. They are designed to inflate on the The seat belts should be correctly worn and the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may not driver and passenger seated upright as far as inflate in certain side collisions. practical away from the supplemental side air Curtain side-impact and rollover air bags are also bag. Rear seat passengers should be seated as designed to inflate in certain types of rollover far away as practical from the door finishers and collisions or near rollovers. side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an side-impact and rollover air bag inflate quickly in indication of proper supplemental side air bag order to help protect the occupants. Because of and curtain side-impact and rollover air bag op- this, the force of the side air bag and curtain air eration. bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the WRS0422 occupant is too close to, or is against, these air When the supplemental side air bag and curtain bag modules during inflation. The side air bag willSupplemental side-impact air bag and air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, deflate quickly after the collision is over.curtain side-impact and rollover air followed by release of smoke. This smoke is notbags system (if so equipped) harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should The curtain side-impact and rollover air bag will be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation remain inflated for a short time.The supplemental side-impact air bags are lo- and choking. Those with a history of a breathingcated in the outside of the seatback of the front condition should get fresh air promptly. The supplemental side air bags and curtainseats. The supplemental curtain side-impact and side-impact and rollover air bags operate Supplemental side air bags, along with the use of only when the ignition switch is in the ONrollover air bags are located in the side roof rails. seat belts, help to cushion the impact force onThese systems are designed to meet voluntary or START positions. the chest of the front occupants. Curtain side-guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to impact and rollover air bags help to cushion the After turning the ignition key to the ONout-of-position occupants. However, all of the impact force to the head of occupants in the front position, the supplemental air bag warninginformation, cautions and warnings in this and rear outboard seating positions. They can light illuminates. The supplemental air bagmanual still apply and must be followed. help save lives and reduce serious injuries. How- warning light will turn off after about 7The supplemental side air bags and curtain side- ever, an inflating side air bag, or curtain air bag seconds if the system is operational.impact and rollover air bags are designed to may cause abrasions or other injuries. Supple- Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 72. WARNING ● Tampering with the supplemental side Pre-tensioner seat belt system (Front● Do not place any objects near the seat- air bag system may result in serious seats) personal injury. For example, do not back of the front seats. Also, do not change the front seats by placing mate- place any objects (an umbrella, bag, WARNING rial near the seatbacks or by installing etc.) between the front door finisher additional trim material, such as seat ● The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be and the front seat. Such objects may covers, around the side air bag. reused after activation. It must be re- become dangerous projectiles and placed together with the retractor and cause injury if the supplemental side air ● Work around and on the curtain air bag buckle as a unit. bag inflates. system should be done by a NISSAN dealer. Installation of electrical equip- ● If the vehicle becomes involved in a● Right after inflation, several side air bag ment should also be done by a NISSAN frontal collision but the pre-tensioner is and curtain side-impact and rollover air dealer. The SRS wiring harnesses* not activated, be sure to have the pre- bag system components will be hot. Do should not be modified or discon- tensioner system checked and, if nec- not touch them; you may severely burn nected. Unauthorized electrical test essary, replaced by your NISSAN yourself. equipment and probing devices should dealer.● No unauthorized changes should be not be used on the side air bag or cur- ● No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of tain air bag system. made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag the pre-tensioner seat belt system. This system. This is to prevent accidental * The SRS wiring harness or connectors are is to prevent accidental activation of inflation of the side air bag and curtain yellow or orange for easy identification. the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage air bag or damage to the side air bag When selling your vehicle, we request that you to the pre-tensioner seat belt operation. and curtain air bag system. inform the buyer about the supplemental side air Tampering with the pre-tensioner seat● Do not make unauthorized changes to bag and curtain air bag system and guide the belt system may result in serious per- your vehicle’s electrical system, sus- buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner’s sonal injury. pension system or side panel. This Manual. could affect proper operation of the supplemental curtain air bag system.1-56 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 73. ● Work around and on the pre-tensioner fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may system should be done by a NISSAN cause irritation and choking. Those with a history dealer. Installation of electrical equip- of a breathing condition should get fresh air ment should also be done by a NISSAN promptly. dealer. Unauthorized electrical test After the pre-tensioner seat belts have activated, equipment and probing devices should load limiters allow the seat belt to release web- not be used on the pre-tensioner seat bing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the belt system. chest.● If you need to dispose of the pre- If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensioner tensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a system, the supplemental air bag warning NISSAN dealer. Correct pre-tensioner light will not come on, will flash intermit- disposal procedures are set forth in the tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or Incorrect disposal procedures could START position. In this case, the pre-tensioner LRS0397 cause personal injury. seat belt may not function properly. They must be 1. SRS Air bag warning labels checked and repaired. Take your vehicle to theThe driver and right front passenger seat belts The warning labels are located on the sur- nearest NISSAN dealer.include a pre-tensioner seat belt system that face of the sun visor.activates in conjunction with the supplemental air When selling your vehicle, we request that youbag systems. Working with the seat belt retrac- inform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seat belt 2. SRS Side air bag warning label (if sotor, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle system and guide the buyer to the appropriate equipped)becomes involved in certain types of collisions, sections in this Owner’s Manual. The warning label is located on the side ofhelping to restrain front seat occupants. the passenger’s side center pillar.The pre-tensioner is encased with the seat belt’sretractor. These seat belts are used the same asconventional seat belts.When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 74. SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG When the ignition key is in the ON or STARTWARNING LABELS position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turnsWarning labels about the supplemental front air off. This means the system is operational.bags and supplemental side-impact and rolloverair bags are placed in the vehicle as shown in the If any of the following conditions occur, theillustration. supplemental front air bag, supplemental side air bag, curtain air bag and pre-tensioner seat belt systems need servicing: ● The supplemental air bag warning light re- mains on after approximately 7 seconds. ● The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently. LRS0100 ● The supplemental air bag warning light does SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG not come on at all. WARNING LIGHT Under these conditions, the supplemental front The supplemental air bag warning light, air bag, supplemental side air bags and curtain air displaying in the instrument panel, moni- bag or pre-tensioner seat belt systems may not tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag, operate properly. It must be checked and re- supplemental side air bag and curtain side- paired. Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN impact and rollover air bag and pre-tensioner dealer. seat belt systems. The circuits monitored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diag- nosis sensor unit, crash zone sensor, satellite sensors, rollover sensor, front air bag modules, side air bag modules, curtain air bag modules, pre-tensioner seat belts and all related wiring.1-58 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 75. WARNING WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warning light ● Once a supplemental front air bag,is on, it could mean that the supplemental supplemental side air bag or curtain airfront air bag, supplemental side air bag, bag has inflated, the air bag module willcurtain air bag systems and/or pre- not function again and must be re-tensioner seat belt systems will not oper- placed. Additionally, if any of theate in an accident. To help avoid injury to supplemental front air bags inflate, theyourself or others, have your vehicle activated pre-tensioner seat belts mustchecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as also be replaced. The air bag modulepossible. and pre-tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer.Repair and replacement procedure The air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired.The supplemental front air bags, supplementalside air bags, curtain air bags and pre-tensioner ● The supplemental front air bag, side airseat belts are designed to inflate on a one-time- bag and curtain air bag systems, andonly basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, the pre-tensioner seat belt systemthe supplemental air bag warning light remains should be inspected by a NISSANilluminated after inflation has occurred. Repair dealer if there is any damage to theand replacement of these supplemental air bag front end or side portion of the vehicle.systems should be done only by a NISSAN ● If you need to dispose of the supple-dealer. mental air bag, pre-tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle, contact aWhen maintenance work is required on the ve- NISSAN dealer. Correct supplementalhicle, the supplemental front air bags, supple- air bag and pre-tensioner seat belt sys-mental side air bags, curtain air bags, pre- tem disposal procedures are set forth intensioner seat belts and related parts should be the appropriate NISSAN Servicepointed out to the person performing the mainte- Manual. Incorrect disposal proceduresnance. The ignition key should always be in the could cause personal injury.LOCK position when working under the hood orinside the vehicle. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 76. 2 Instruments and controlsInstrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switchMeters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Daytime running light system (Canada only) . . . . . . 2-27 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Engine oil pressure gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Automatic transmission fluid temperature Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 gauge (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Cargo lamp switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Compass and outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Heated seat (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Compass display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switchWarning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . 2-12 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Electronic locking rear differential (E-Lock) system Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Rear sonar system off switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . 2-32 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Tow mode switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Security systems (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS) . . . . . . . . 2-22 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Instrument panel storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Console box (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 77. Center armrest storage (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Automatic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Sunglasses holder (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Console light (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Map pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Personal lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Seatback pocket (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 Map lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Overhead console (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 HomeLinkா universal transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Programming HomeLinkா. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 Grocery hooks (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Programming HomeLinkா for Canadian Lockable bedside storage compartment customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Operating the HomeLinkா universalWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 Power windows (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Manual windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Rear sliding window (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Reprogramming a single HomeLinkா button . . . . . . 2-55 Rear power window switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . 2-47 If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Sunroof (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 78. INSTRUMENT PANEL 1. Ventilators (P. 4-12) 2. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-27) 3. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/ turn signal switch (P. 2-24) 4. Steering wheel switch for audio control (P. 4-37) 5. Driver supplemental air bag/horn (P. 1-43, P. 2-29) 6. Meters, gauges and warning/indicator lights (P. 2-4, 2-12) 7. Cruise control main/set switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-17) 8. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P. 2-23) 9. Ignition switch (P. 5-7) 10. Navigation system* (if so equipped) (P. 4-2) 11. Navigation system* controls (if so equipped) (P. 4-2) 12. Audio system controls (P. 4-20) 13. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P. 1-43) 14. Glove box (P. 2-38) 15. Climate controls (P. 4-13) 16. Aux jack (P. 4-36) 17. Heated seat switch (if so equipped) WIC0852 (P. 2-30)2-2 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 79. 18. Power outlet/Cigarette lighter *: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own- (accessory) (P. 2-33/P. 2-35) er’s Manual (if so equipped).19. Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off See the page number indicated in paren- switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-31) theses for operating details.20. Tow mode switch (P. 2-33)21. Electronic locking rear differential (E-Lock) system switch (if so equipped) (P.2-31)22. Shift selector lever (console) (if so equipped) (P. 5-10)23. Power outlet (P. 2-33)24. Front passenger air bag status light (P. 2-18)25. Hazard lights (P. 2-28)26. 4WD shift switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-20)27. Shift selector lever (column) (if so equipped) (P. 5-10)28. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-27)29. Tilt steering wheel control (P. 3-12)30. Cargo lamp switch (P. 2-29)31. Rear sonar system off switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-32)32. Pedal position adjustment switch (if so equipped) (P. 3-12)33. Rear power window switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-47) Instruments and controls 2-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 80. METERS AND GAUGES LIC0541 1. Speedometer 2. Odometer/twin trip display 3. Change button SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in LIC0540 miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour1. Warning/indicator lights 7. Automatic transmission fluid tempera- (km/h).2. Tachometer ture gauge (if so equipped)3. Speedometer 8. Odometer/Twin trip odometer Odometer/Twin trip odometer4. Engine coolant temperature gauge 9. Voltmeter The odometer/twin trip odometer is displayed5. Fuel gauge when the ignition key is in the ON position.6. Engine oil pressure gauge2-4 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 81. The odometer records the total distance the ve-hicle has been driven.The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips. LIC0542 LIC0543 Changing the display: TACHOMETER Pushing the change button changes the display The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo- as follows: lutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev engine into Trip → Trip → Odometer only the red zone ᭺. 1 Resetting the trip odometer: CAUTION Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec- When engine speed approaches the red ond resets the trip odometer to zero. zone, shift to a higher gear. Operating the Elapsed time, driving distance and average engine in the red zone may cause serious speed information is also available for vehicles engine damage. with navigation system (if so equipped). Refer to “Control panel buttons” in the “Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems” sec- tion later in this manual. Instruments and controls 2-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 82. CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera- ture near the hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature. If the gauge is over the nor- mal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. If the engine is over- heated, continued operation of the ve- hicle may seriously damage the engine. See “If your vehicle overheats” in the “In case of emergency” section for immediate action required. LIC0544 LIC0545ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FUEL GAUGEGAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelThe gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera- in the tank.ture. The engine coolant temperature is within the The gauge may move slightly during braking,normal range ᭺ when the gauge needle points 1 turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.within the zone shown in the illustration. The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after theThe engine coolant temperature varies with the ignition key is turned to OFF.outside air temperature and driving conditions. The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low. Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis- ters E (Empty).2-6 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 83. The indicates that the fuel filler lid is ● If the gauge needle does not move withlocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle. the proper amount of engine oil, have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN CAUTION dealer. Continued vehicle operation in● If the vehicle runs out of fuel, such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine. the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as possible. After a few driving trips, the lamp should turn off. If the lamp remains on after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer.● For additional information, see “Mal- LIC0546 function indicator lamp (MIL)” later in ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE this section. The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys- tem oil pressure while the engine is running. When the engine speed is high, the engine oil pressure is also high. When it is low, the gauge indicates the low oil pressure. CAUTION ● This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level. Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See “Engine oil” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.) Instruments and controls 2-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 84. CAUTION ● This gauge is not designed to indicate low automatic transmission fluid level. Use the dipstick to check the fluid level. (See “5-speed automatic transmission fluid” in the “Maintenance and do-it- yourself” section.) ● If the gauge indicates automatic trans- mission fluid temperature over the nor- mal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. Contin- ued operation of the vehicle may seri- LIC0547 LIC0548 ously damage the transmission.VOLTMETER AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUIDWhen the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- TEMPERATURE GAUGE (if sotion, the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage. equipped)When the engine is running, it indicates the gen-erator voltage. This gauge indicates the temperature of the au- tomatic transmission fluid. The automatic trans-While cranking the engine, the volts drop below mission fluid temperature is in the normal rangethe normal range. If the needle is not in the normalrange (11 – 15 volts) ᭺ while the engine is 1 ᭺ when the gauge needle points within the zone 1 shown in the illustration.running, it may indicate that the charging systemis not functioning properly. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.2-8 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 85. COMPASS AND OUTSIDETEMPERATURE DISPLAYThis unit has the following functions: ● Measures terrestrial magnetism and indi- cates heading direction of vehicle ● Indicates outside air temperature ● Indicates possible frozen road conditions LIC0659 LIC0660 Type A Type B OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY ● When the outside temperature is lower than -40°F (-40°C) or higher than 158°F (70°C), Push the mode button ᭺ when the ignition key is 1 the display shows only — — — though it is in the ON position to change the display as operating. This is not a malfunction. follows: °F → °C → OFF → °F. ● The outside temperature sensor is located in ● If the outside temperature drops below the front of the radiator. The sensor may be freezing point, the display indicates ICE. affected by road or engine heat, wind direc- ● When the outside temperature is between tion and other driving conditions. The display 130°F (55°C) and 158°F (70°C), the display may differ from the actual outside tempera- shows 130°F (55°C). ture or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards. ● When the outside temperature is between -22°F (-30°C) and -40°F (-40°C), the dis- play shows -22°F (-30°C). Instruments and controls 2-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 86. ● Temperature display will not increase unless the vehicle is moving faster than 12 mph (20 km/h). ● If the ignition has been off for less than 2 hours and the outside temperature is greater than the last detected temperature, the dis- play will show the last detected temperature when the ignition is turned on.COMPASS DISPLAYPush the mode button ᭺ when the ignition key is 1in the ON position to turn on the compass dis-play. The arrow ᭺ indicates direction. 2N: northE: eastS: southW: westIf the display reads “CAL”, calibrate the compassby driving the vehicle in three complete circles atless than 5 MPH (8 km/h).You can also calibrate the compass by drivingyour vehicle on your everyday route. The com-pass will be calibrated once it has tracked threecomplete circles. WIC03552-10 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 87. Zone variation change procedure 2. Toggle until the correct zone is found and CAUTION release the button.The difference between magnetic north and geo- Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.,graphical north is known as variance. In some 3. The display will return to the normal com- which are attached to the vehicle byareas, this difference can sometimes be great pass mode within a few seconds of no but- means of a magnet. They affect the opera-enough to cause false compass readings. Follow ton activity. tion of the compass.these instructions to set the variance for your 4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeat steps 1particular location if this happens: through 3. See map. 1. Press and hold the mode button for about ● If the compass deviates from the correct 10 seconds. The current zone number will indication soon after repeated adjustment, appear in the display. have the compass checked at an authorized 2. Find your current location on the zone map. dealer. Refer to the illustration. Record the zone ● The compass may not indicate the correct number. compass point in tunnels or while driving up 3. Press the mode button repeatedly to toggle or down a steep hill. (The compass returns through the zone numbers until the desired to the correct compass point when the ve- number shows in the display. After you stop hicle moves to an area where the geomag- pressing the switch in, the display will show netism is stabilized.) a compass direction within a few seconds. ● If a magnet is located in or near the overheadInaccurate compass direction console in the front of the vehicle or the vehicle is driven where the terrestrial mag-The compass display is equipped with automatic netism is disturbed, the compass displaycorrection function. If the correct direction is not may not indicate the correct direction.shown, follow this procedure. 1. With the display turned on, press and hold the mode button for about 8 seconds. The current zone number will appear in the dis- play. Instruments and controls 2-11 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 88. WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS or Anti-lock brake warning light Low tire pressure warning light or Front passenger air bag status light Automatic transmission check warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light High beam indicator light (Blue) Automatic transmission park warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) ( model) or Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light (NVIS) (if so equipped) Charge warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light Slip indicator light for models with ABLS (if so equipped) Door open warning light Cruise main switch indicator light Slip indicator light for models with VDC (if so equipped) Engine oil pressure low/engine coolant tem- Cruise set switch indicator light Transfer 4LO position indicator light perature high warning light ( model) 4WD warning light ( model) Electronic locking rear differential (E-Lock) Turn signal/hazard indicator lights system on indicator light (if so equipped) Low fuel warning light 4WD shift indicator light ( model) Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light (if so equipped)CHECKING BULBS The following lights come on briefly and then go If any light fails to come on, it may indicate off: a burned-out bulb or an open circuit in theWith all doors closed, apply the parking brake electrical system. Have the system repairedand turn the ignition key to the ON position or , , , , , promptly.without starting the engine. The following lights , ,will come on: , or , , , ,2-12 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 89. WARNING LIGHTS Automatic transmission check ● Part time 4WD: Shift the 4WD switch or Anti-lock brake warning light into the 2WD, 4H or 4LO position again warning light to turn off the ATP warning light when When the ignition switch is turned ON, the light the automatic transmission selector le-If the light comes on while the engine is running, comes on for about 2 seconds. If the light comes ver is in the P position and the ATPit may indicate the anti-lock brake system is not on at any other time, it may indicate the automatic warning light is ON. (Before shifting thefunctioning properly. Have the system checked transmission system is not functioning properly. 4WD switch into the 4LO position, moveby a NISSAN dealer. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. the automatic transmission selector le-If an abnormality occurs in the system, the anti- ver into the N position once, shift the Automatic transmission park selector lever into P again and makelock function ceases, but the regular brakingsystem continues to operate. warning light ( model) sure the ATP warning light is OFF.)If the light comes on while you are driving, WARNING This light indicates that the automatic transmis-contact a NISSAN dealer for repair. sion parking function is not engaged. If the trans- ● If the ATP light is ON, this indicates that fer control is not secured in any drive positionThe ABS system will be disabled and the ABS the automatic transmission P (Park) po- while the automatic transmission selector lever islight will illuminate when the electronic locking sition will not function and the transfer in the P (Park) position, the transmission willrear differential (E-Lock) system switch (if so case is in neutral. disengage and the drive wheels will not lock.equipped) is turned on and the E-Lock system isengaged. If the E-Lock system disengages or the ● When parking, always make sure that or Brake warning lightswitch is turned off, the ABS system will be the 4WD shift switch is in 4H or 4LO andenabled and the ABS light will turn off. the parking brake is set. Failure to en- This light functions for both the parking brake and gage the transfer control in 4H or 4LO the foot brake systems. could result in the vehicle moving unex- pectedly, resulting in serious personal injury or property damage. Instruments and controls 2-13 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 90. When the ignition key is in the ON position, the ● If the brake fluid level is below the Engine oil pressurelight comes on when the parking brake is applied, MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake low/Engine coolant tempera-and also warns of a low brake fluid level. If the fluid reservoir, do not drive until thelight comes on while the engine is running with ture high warning light brake system has been checked at athe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle NISSAN dealer. This light warns of low engine oil pressure or highand perform the following: engine coolant temperature. Charge warning light 1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid If the light flickers or comes on during normal as necessary. See “Brake fluid” in the “Main- If this light comes on while the engine is running, driving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop the tenance and do-it-yourself” section of this it may indicate the charging system is not func- engine and allow it to cool. If the light remains on manual. tioning properly. Turn the engine off and check after checking the oil and coolant, stop the en- 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the the generator belt. If the belt is loose, broken, gine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or brake system checked by a NISSAN dealer. missing, or if the light remains on, see a NISSAN other authorized repair shop. dealer immediately. This light is not designed to indicate a low WARNING oil or low coolant level. Check the oil level CAUTION● Your brake system may not be working with the dipstick and check the coolant level on properly if the warning light is on. Driv- Do not continue driving if the generator the reservoir. See “Engine oil” and “Checking ing could be dangerous. If you judge it belt is loose, broken or missing. engine coolant level” in the “Maintenance and to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest do-it-yourself” section of this manual. Also see “If Door open warning light your vehicle overheats” in the “In case of emer- service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driv- gency” section of this manual. This light comes on when any of the doors are not ing it could be dangerous. closed securely while the ignition key is in the ON● Pressing the brake pedal with the en- position. CAUTION gine stopped and/or a low brake fluid ● Running the engine with the engine oil level may increase your stopping dis- pressure warning light on could cause tance and braking will require greater serious damage to the engine almost pedal effort as well as pedal travel. immediately. Such damage is not cov- ered by warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so.2-14 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 91. ● If the gauge indicates engine coolant ● Do not drive on dry hard surface roads This light warns of low tire pressure. temperature over the normal range, in the 4H or 4LO position. If the 4WD NISSAN’s low tire pressure warning system is a stop the vehicle as soon as safely pos- warning light turns on when you are tire pressure monitoring system. It monitors tire sible. If the engine is overheated, con- driving on dry hard surface roads: pressure of all tires except the spare. When the tinued operation of the vehicle may se- tire pressure monitoring system warning light is – in the 4H position, shift the 4WD shift riously damage the engine. See “If your lit, one or more of your tires is significantly under- switch to 2WD. vehicle overheats” in the “In case of inflated. You should stop and check your tires as emergency” section for immediate ac- – in the 4LO position, stop the vehicle, move the automatic transmission soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper tion required. shift selector lever to the N position pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s tire infor- 4WD warning light ( with the brake pedal depressed, and mation placard. Driving on a significantly under- shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD. inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can model) lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reducesThe 4WD warning light comes on when the key ● If the warning light is still on after the fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affectswitch is turned to ON. It turns off soon after the above operation, have your vehicle the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Each checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon asengine is started. tire, including the spare, should be checked possible. monthly when cold and set to the recommendedIf the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly, Low fuel warning light inflation pressure as specified in the vehicle plac-the warning light will either remain illuminated or ard and owner’s manual.blink. See “4WD warning light” in the “Startingand driving” section. This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel The recommended inflation pressure may also be tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is conve- found on the Tire and Loading Information Label. CAUTION nient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E (Empty). There will be a small reserve of fuel Low tire pressure warning:● If the warning light comes on or blinks in the tank when the fuel gauge needle during operation, have your vehicle If the vehicle is being driven with very low tire reaches E (Empty). pressure (lower than 28 psi, 193 kPa), the light checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. Low tire pressure warning will illuminate and the chime will sound for about 10 seconds. If you select the tire pressure infor- light mation in the display (if so equipped), the FLAT After the ignition switch is turned ON, this light TIRE warning message will be displayed. comes on for about 1 second and turns off. Instruments and controls 2-15 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 92. For additional information, see “Low tire pressure ● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel Seat belt warning light andwarning system” in the “Starting and driving” is replaced, tire pressure will not be chimesection and “Low tire pressure warning system” indicated and the low tire pressurein the “In case of emergency” section. warning system will not function. Con- The light and chime remind you to fasten your tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as seat belts. The light illuminates whenever the WARNING possible for tire replacement and/or ignition key is turned to the ON or START position system resetting. and remains illuminated until the driver’s seat belt● If the light does not come on with the is fastened. At the same time, the chime sounds key switch turned ON, have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as CAUTION for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt possible. is securely fastened. ● The low tire pressure warning system is● If the light comes on while driving, not a substitute for the regular tire pres- Refer to “Seat belts” in the “Safety—Seats, seat avoid sudden steering maneuvers or sure check. Be sure to check the tire belts and supplemental restraint system” section abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pressure regularly. for precautions on seat belt usage. pull off the road to a safe location and ● If the vehicle is being driven at speeds stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Supplemental air bag warning of less than 20 MPH (32 km/h), the low Serious vehicle damage could occur tire pressure warning system may not light and may lead to an accident and could operate correctly. When the ignition key is in the ON or START result in serious personal injury. Check ● Be sure to install the specified size of position, the supplemental air bag warning light the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended tires to the 4 wheels correctly. illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire off. This means the system is operational. and Loading Information label to turn Low windshield washer fluid If any of the following conditions occur, the the low tire pressure warning light OFF. warning light supplemental front air bags, supplemental side If the light still comes on while driving air bags (if so equipped), curtain side-impact and after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level. Add windshield washer fluid rollover air bags (if so equipped), and pre- may be flat. If you have a flat tire, re- tensioner seat belt systems need servicing and place it with a spare tire as soon as as necessary. See “Window washer fluid” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer: possible. manual. ● The supplemental air bag warning light re- mains on after approximately 7 seconds.2-16 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 93. ● The supplemental air bag warning light INDICATOR LIGHTS Electronic locking rear differ- flashes intermittently. Automatic transmission posi- ential (E-Lock) system on in- ● The supplemental air bag warning light does tion indicator light dicator light (if so equipped) not come on at all. When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- This light comes on when the electronic lockingUnless checked and repaired, the supplemental tion, this indicator light shows the automatic rear differential (E-Lock) system clutch is fullyrestraint system (air bag system) and/or the pre- transmission selector lever position. See “Driving engaged.tensioner seat belts may not function properly. the vehicle” in the “Starting and driving” sectionFor additional details see “Supplemental restraint The indicator light flashes when the system is first of this manual.system” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and turned on. When the system fully engages, thesupplemental restraint system” section of this Cruise main switch indicator light remains on. If the switch is on and themanual. indicator light continues to flash, the system is light not engaged. WARNING The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed. The light goes out when the For additional information, see “Electronic lock-If the supplemental air bag warning light ing rear differential (E-Lock) system switch” lateris on, it could mean that the supplemental main switch is pushed again. When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on, the cruise in this section and “Electronic locking rear differ-front air bag, supplemental side air bag, ential (E-Lock) system” in the “Starting and driv-curtain side-impact and rollover air bag control system is operational. ing” section of this manual.systems (if so equipped) and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systems will not oper- Cruise set switch indicator 4WD shift indicator lightate in an accident. To help avoid injury to light ( model)yourself or others, have your vehicle The light comes on while the vehicle speed ischecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as The light should turn off within 1 second after controlled by the cruise control system. If the light turning the ignition switch to ON.possible. blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop- While the engine is running, the 4WD shift indi- erly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN cator light will illuminate the position selected by dealer. the 4WD shift switch. The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other. Instruments and controls 2-17 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 94. or Front passenger and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons (11.4 ● Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — An air bag status light liters) of fuel in the fuel tank. engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system. To re-The front passenger air bag status light ( After a few driving trips, the lamp should duce or avoid emission control system dam-or ) will be lit and the passenger front air turn off if no other potential emission control age:bag will be OFF depending on how the right front system malfunction exists.passenger seat is being used. – do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH If this indicator lamp comes on steady for 20 (72 km/h).For front passenger air bag status light operation, seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds whensee “Front passenger air bag and status light” in the engine is not running, it indicates that the – avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.the “Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys- – avoid steep uphill grades.restraint system” section of this manual. tem inspection/maintenance test. See “Readi- ness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test” in the – if possible, reduce the amount of cargo High beam indicator light “Technical and consumer information” section of being hauled or towed. (Blue) this manual. The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinkingThis blue light comes on when the headlight high Operation and come on steady. Have the vehicle inspectedbeams are on and goes out when the low beams by a NISSAN dealer. You do not need to haveare selected. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on in your vehicle towed to the dealer. one of two ways:The high beam indicator light also comes onwhen the passing signal is activated. ● Malfunction indicator lamp on steady — An CAUTION emission control system malfunction has Continued vehicle operation without hav- Malfunction indicator lamp been detected. Check the fuel filler cap. If (MIL) ing the emission control system checked the fuel filler cap is loose or missing, tighten and repaired as necessary could lead toIf this indicator lamp comes on steady or blinks or install the cap and continue to drive the poor driveability, reduced fuel economy,while the engine is running, it may indicate a vehicle. The lamp should turn off after and possible damage to the emission con-potential emission control malfunction. a few driving trips. If the lamp does trol system. not turn off after a few driving trips, have theThe malfunction indicator lamp may also come on vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. Yousteady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing, or if do not need to have your vehicle towed tothe vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make sure the dealer.the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly,2-18 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 95. Security indicator light (if so Transfer 4LO position indica- The indicator light may blink while shifting equipped) from one drive mode to the other. tor light ( model)This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in Turn signal/hazard indicatorthe LOCK, OFF or ACC position. This function The light should turn off within 1 second afterindicates the security system equipped on the turning the ignition switch to ON. lightsvehicle is operational. This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is The appropriate light flashes when the turn signalFor additional information, see “Security sys- set in the 4LO position with the ignition key in the switch is activated.tems” later in this section. ON position. Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned Slip indicator light for models The 4LO indicator light must stop blinking and on. with ABLS (if so equipped) remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into gear. If the transmission selec- Vehicle dynamic control offThis indicator light comes on if the active brake tor is shifted from the N (Neutral) position to any indicator light (if so equipped)limited slip is activated. If activated, the system other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blink-will apply braking to the slipping drive wheel(s), This indicator light comes on when the vehicle ing, the vehicle may move unexpectedly. dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF. Thisgiving the non-slipping wheel(s) more traction. When you shift between 4H and 4LO, stop the indicates the vehicle dynamic control system is Slip indicator light for models vehicle, move the automatic transmission selec- not operating. with VDC (if so equipped) tor lever to the N (Neutral) position with the brake Push the vehicle dynamic control off switch again pedal depressed, then push the 4WD shift or restart the engine and the system will operateThis indicator light will blink when the vehicle switch and move it to 4LO or 4H.dynamic control (VDC) system is limiting wheel normally. See “Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)spin. Slippery road conditions may exist if the slip The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the system” in the “Starting and driving” section ofindicator blinks on. If this happens, adjust your switch while driving. this manual.driving accordingly. You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch The vehicle dynamic control light also comes onThe slip indicator light also comes on when you between 4H and 4LO unless you have first when you turn the ignition key to the ON position.turn the ignition key to the ON position. The light stopped the vehicle and moved the automatic The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if thewill turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is transmission shift selector lever to N (Neutral) system is operational. If the light stays on oroperational. If the light does not come on or does with the brake pedal depressed. Make sure the comes on along with the SLIP indicator lightnot go off, have the VDC system checked by a transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on while you are driving, have the vehicle dynamicNISSAN dealer. when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO. control system checked by a NISSAN dealer. Instruments and controls 2-19 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 96. SECURITY SYSTEMS (if so equipped)While the vehicle dynamic control system is op- Light reminder chimeerating, you might feel slight vibration or hear thesystem working when starting the vehicle or ac- With the ignition switch in the OFF position, acelerating, but this is normal. chime sounds when the driver’s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on.The VDC system will be disabled and the VDC Turn the headlight control switch off before leav-light will illuminate when the electronic locking ing the vehicle.rear differential (E-lock) system switch (if soequipped) is turned on and the E-lock system isengaged. If the E-lock system disengages or theswitch is turned off, the VDC system will beenabled and the VDC light will turn off.AUDIBLE REMINDERSBrake pad wear warning LIC0644 Your vehicle may have two types of security sys-The front disc brake pads have audible wear tems:warnings. When a front brake pad requires re-placement, it makes a high pitched scraping ● Vehicle security system (if so equipped)sound when the vehicle is in motion, whether or ● NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System—NVISnot the brake pedal is depressed. Have the (if so equipped)brakes checked as soon as possible if the warn-ing sound is heard. VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMKey reminder chime The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doorsA chime sounds if the driver’s door is opened when the system is armed. It is not, however, awhile the key is left in the ignition switch. Remove motion detection type system that activates whenthe key and take it with you when leaving the a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.vehicle. The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or2-20 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 97. exterior vehicle components in all situations. Al- ● When the button is pushed with moved. If the indicator light fails toways secure your vehicle even if parking for a all doors locked, the hazard lights flash glow for 30 seconds, unlock the doorbrief period. Never leave your keys in the ignition, twice and the horn beeps once as a re- once and lock it again.and always lock the vehicle when unattended. Be minder that the doors are already locked. ● Even when the driver and/or passen-aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, gers are in the vehicle, the system will The horn may or may not beep. Refer towell-lit areas whenever possible. arm with all doors closed and locked “Silencing the horn beep feature” (vehiclesMany devices offering additional protection, such without navigation system) in the “Pre- with the ignition key in the OFF posi-as component locks, identification markers, and driving checks and adjustments” section or tion.tracking systems, are available at auto supply “Vehicle electronic systems” (vehicles with ● The lockable beside storage compart-stores and specialty shops. Your NISSAN dealer navigation system) in the “Display screen, ment (if so equipped) is not protectedmay also offer such equipment. Check with your heater, air conditioner and audio systems” by the vehicle security system.insurance company to see if you may be eligible section.for discounts for various theft protection features. Vehicle security system activation 4. Confirm that the indicator light comesHow to arm the vehicle security sys- on. The light stays on for about 30 The vehicle security system will give the followingtem alarm: seconds. The vehicle security system is now pre-armed. After about 30 seconds the ve- ● The headlights blink and the horn sounds 1. Close all windows. (The system can be hicle security system automatically shifts intermittently. armed even if the windows are open.) into the armed phase. The light begins ● The alarm automatically turns off after ap- 2. Remove the key from the ignition switch. to flash once every 3 seconds. If, during the proximately 50 seconds. However, the alarm 30-second pre-arm time period, the door is 3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with unlocked by the key or the keyfob, or the can be locked with the key, power door lock again. The alarm can be shut off by unlocking ignition key is turned to ACC or ON, the switch (if the door is opened, locked and a door with the key, or by pressing the system will not arm. then closed), or with the keyfob. button on the keyfob. ● If the key is turned slowly when locking Keyfob operation: The alarm is activated by: the door, the system may not arm. Fur- ● Push the button on the keyfob. thermore, if the key is turned beyond ● opening a door without using the key or All doors lock. The hazard lights flash the vertical position toward the unlock keyfob (even if the door is unlocked by using twice and the horn beeps once to indicate position to remove the key, the system the inside lock knob or the power door lock all doors are locked. may be disarmed when the key is re- switch). Instruments and controls 2-21 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 98. How to stop an activated alarm If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec- ommends placing the registered NVIS key on aThe alarm stops only by unlocking a door with the separate key ring to avoid interference from otherkey, or by pressing the button on the key- devices.fob. Statement related to Section 15 of FCCNISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-SYSTEM (NVIS) tem (CONT ASSY — IMMOBILIZER, ANT ASSY — IMMOBILIZER)The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) This device complies with part 15 of thewill not allow the engine to start without the use of FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industrya registered NVIS key. Canada. Operation is subject to the follow-If the engine fails to start using a registered NVIS ing two conditions;key (for example, when interference is caused by (1) This device may not cause harmful in-another NVIS key, an automated toll road device terference, and (2) this device must accept LIC0474or automatic payment device on the key ring), any interference received, including inter- Security indicator lightrestart the engine using the following proce- ference that may cause undesired opera-dures: tion of the device. The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK, OFF or ACC 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX- position. This function indicates the NISSAN Ve- for approximately 5 seconds. PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC- hicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) is operational. TURER FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID 2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE If the NVIS is malfunctioning, the light will remain position, and wait approximately 10 sec- THE EQUIPMENT. on while the ignition key is in the ON position. onds. If the light still remains on and/or the en- 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2. gine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer for NVIS service as soon as possible. Please 4. Restart the engine while holding the device bring all NVIS keys that you have when (which may have caused the interference) visiting your NISSAN dealer for service. separate from the registered NVIS key.2-22 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 99. WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH NOTE: ● Do not fill the window washer reservoir You can turn on or turn off the driving tank with washer fluid concentrates at speed dependent intermittent wiper func- full strength. Some methyl alcohol tion for vehicles with navigation system. based washer fluid concentrates may Refer to “Vehicle electronic systems” in the permanently stain the grille if spilled “Display screen, heater, air conditioner and while filling the window washer reser- voir tank. audio systems” section later in this manual. ● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with ᭺ 2 Low — continuous low speed operation water to the manufacturer’s recom- ᭺ 3 High — continuous high speed operation mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Push the lever up ᭺ to have one sweep opera- 4 Do not use the window washer reservoir tion of the wiper. tank to mix the washer fluid concen- WIC0854 Pull the lever toward you ᭺ to operate the 5 trate and water.SWITCH OPERATION washer. The wiper will also operate several times.The windshield wiper and washer operates when WARNINGthe ignition switch is in the ON position. In freezing temperatures the washer solu-Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the tion may freeze on the windshield andfollowing speed: obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. Warm the windshield with the᭺1 Intermittent — intermittent operation can be defroster before you wash the windshield. adjusted by turning the knob toward ᭺ A (Slower) or ᭺ (Faster). Also, the intermit- B CAUTION tent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed. (For example, when ● Do not operate the washer continu- the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent ously for more than 30 seconds. operation speed will be faster.) ● Do not operate the washer if the reser- voir tank is empty. Instruments and controls 2-23 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 100. REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH (if so SWITCHequipped) NOTE: If the rear power window (if so equipped) is lowered while the defroster switch is on, the rear window defroster will automati- cally shut off. The heated outside mirrors (if so equipped) will remain on. The rear win- dow defroster will automatically turn on when the rear power window is fully closed if the switch is on. CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or dam- LIC0488 age the rear window defroster. LIC0560To defrost the rear window glass and outside Type Amirrors (if so equipped), start the engine and HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCHpush the rear window defroster switch on. Therear window defroster indicator light on the Lightingswitch comes on. Push the switch again to turnthe defroster off. ᭺ 1 When turning the switch to the posi- tion, the front parking, tail, license plate andThe rear window defroster automatically turns off instrument panel lights come on.after approximately 15 minutes. ᭺ 2 When turning the switch to the posi- tion, the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on.2-24 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 101. LIC0706 LIC0688 LIC0561 Type B Type C Autolight system (if so equipped) CAUTION The autolight system allows the headlights to beUse the headlights with the engine run- set so they turn on and off automatically. Thening to avoid discharging the vehicle autolight system can:battery. ● Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail, license plate and instrument panel lights au- tomatically when it is dark. ● Turn off all the lights when it is light. ● Keep all the lights on for 45 seconds after you turn the key to OFF and all doors are closed. Instruments and controls 2-25 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 102. NOTE:Autolight activation sensitivity and thetime delay for autolight shutoff is adjust-able for vehicles with navigation system.See “Vehicle electronic systems” in the“Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems” section later in this manual.To turn on the autolight system: 1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi- tion ᭺. 1 2. Turn the ignition key to ON. 3. The autolight system automatically turns the LIC0836 LIC0562 headlights on and off. Be sure you do not put anything on top of Headlight beam selectInitially, if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a the autolight sensor ᭺ located on the top 1door is opened and left open, the headlights side of the instrument panel. The autolight ᭺ 1 To select the high beam function, push theremain ON for 5 minutes. If another door is sensor controls the autolight; if it is cov- lever forward. The high beam lights come onopened during the 5 minutes, then the 5 minute ered, the autolight sensor reacts as if it is and the light illuminates.timer is reset. dark out and the headlights will illuminate.To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to If this occurs while parked with the engine ᭺ 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam.the OFF, , or position. off and the key in the ON position, your ᭺ 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the vehicle’s battery could become discharged. headlight high beams on and off. Battery saver system If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the headlight switch is in the or posi- tion, the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes.2-26 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 103. After the headlights automatically turn off with the WARNINGheadlight switch in the or position,the headlights will illuminate again for 5 minutes if When the daytime running light system isthe headlight switch is moved to the OFF position active, tail lights on your vehicle are notand then turned to the or position. on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights. Failure to do so could cause CAUTION an accident injuring yourself and others.Even though the battery saver feature au-tomatically turns off the headlights after aperiod of time, you should turn the head-light switch to the OFF position when theengine is not running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery. LIC0392DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM(Canada only) INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROLThe headlights automatically illuminate at a re-duced intensity when the engine is started with The instrument brightness control operates whenthe parking brake released. The daytime running the headlight control switch is inlights operate with the headlight switch in the the , or AUTO position (with auto-OFF position or in the position. Turn the lights activated).headlight switch to the position for full Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru-illumination when driving at night. ment panel lights when driving at night.If the parking brake is applied before the engine isstarted, the daytime running lights do not illumi-nate. The daytime running lights illuminate whenthe parking brake is released. The daytime run-ning lights will remain on until the ignition switchis turned off. Instruments and controls 2-27 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 104. HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH LIC0563 LIC0564 LIC0394TURN SIGNAL SWITCH FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenTurn signal To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switch you must stop or park under emergency condi- to the position, then turn the fog light tions. All turn signal lights flash.᭺1 Move the lever up or down to signal the switch to the position. To turn them off, turning direction. When the turn is com- turn the fog light switch to the OFF position. WARNING pleted, the turn signals cancel automatically. The headlights must be on and the low beams ● If stopping for an emergency, be sure toLane change signal selected for the fog lights to operate. The fog move the vehicle well off the road. lights automatically turn off when the high beam᭺2 To signal a lane change, move the lever up or headlights are selected. ● Do not use the hazard warning flashers down to the point where the indicator light while moving on the highway unless begins to flash, but the lever does not latch. unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic.2-28 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 105. CARGO LAMP SWITCH HORN● Turn signals do not work when the haz- ard warning flasher lights are on.The flashers will operate with the ignition switchin any position.Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving. LIC0616 LIC0604 To turn on the cargo lamp, push the switch down To sound the horn, push the center pad area of to the ON position. The tailgate lights (if so the steering wheel. equipped) will also illuminate when the cargo lamp switch is in the ON position. WARNING Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so CAUTION could affect proper operation of the Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF supplemental front air bag system. Tam- position when you leave the vehicle for pering with the supplemental front air bag extended periods of time, otherwise the system may result in serious personal battery will go dead. injury. Instruments and controls 2-29 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 106. HEATED SEAT (if so equipped) 3. When the seat is warmed or before you ● The battery could run down if the seat leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch heater is operated while the engine is off. not running. CAUTION ● Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat. ● Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cush- ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated. ● Do not place anything hard or heavy on LIC0690 the seat or pierce it with a pin or similarThe front seats are warmed by built-in heaters (if object. This may result in damage to theso equipped). heater. 1. Start the engine. ● Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a 2. Push the (low) or (high) posi- dry cloth. tion of the switch, as desired, depending on the temperature. The indicator light in the ● When cleaning the seat, never use switch will illuminate. gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi- lar materials. The heater is controlled by a thermostat, ● If any abnormalities are found or the automatically turning the heater on and off. heated seat does not operate, turn the The indicator light will remain on as long as switch off and have the system checked the switch is on. by your NISSAN dealer.2-30 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 107. VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAROFF SWITCH (if so equipped) DIFFERENTIAL (E-Lock) SYSTEM SWITCH (if so equipped) above are not met or the system becomes disen- gaged, the indicator light will continue to flash. The Anti-Lock Brake (ABS) system is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E-Lock system is ON. Also, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is disabled and the VDC light illuminates when the E-Lock system is ON. See “Electronic locking rear differential (E-Lock) system” in the “Starting and Driving” section for further explanation and system limitations. WARNING WIC0534 LIC0729 ● Never leave the E-Lock system ONThe vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle The Electronic Locking Rear Differential (E-Lock) when driving on paved or hard-surfacedDynamic Control (VDC) system on for most driv- roads. Turning the vehicle may result in system can help provide added traction if theing conditions. the rear wheels slipping and result in an vehicle is stuck or becoming stuck. accident and personal injury. After us-If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC To activate the system: ing the E-Lock system to free the ve-system reduces the engine output to reduce hicle, turn the system OFF.wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced ● the 4WD switch must be in the 4LO positioneven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If (4-wheel drive vehicles),maximum engine power is needed to free a stuckvehicle, turn the VDC system off. ● the vehicle must be stopped or moving at 4 mph (7 km/h) or less, andTo turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFFswitch. The indicator will come on. ● the E-Lock system switch must be turned ON.Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart theengine to turn ON the system. See “Vehicle dy- When the E-Lock switch is initially turned ON,namic control (VDC) system” in the “Starting and the indicator light will flash until the system en-driving” section. gages. However, if all operation conditions listed Instruments and controls 2-31 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 108. REAR SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH (if so equipped)● Use the electronic locking rear differen- the indicator light on the switch will illuminate. tial (E-Lock) system only when freeing a Push the switch again to enable the system. The stuck vehicle. Never use the E-Lock sys- indicator light will go off. tem on a slippery road surface such as The system will automatically reset the next time snow or ice surface. Using the E-Lock the ignition switch is turned on. system when driving in these road con- ditions may cause unexpected move- See “Rear sonar system” in the “Starting and ment of the vehicle during engine brak- driving” section. ing, accelerating or turning, which may result in an accident and serious per- sonal injury. CAUTION● After using the E-Lock system, turn the LIC0471 switch OFF to prevent possible damage to driveline components from extended WARNING use. The rear sonar system is a convenience● Do not drive over 12 MPH (20 km/h) but it is not a substitute for proper back- when the system is engaged. Doing so ing. Always turn and check that it is safe to could result in possible damage to the do so before backing up. Always back up driveline. slowly. The rear sonar system is active when the ignition is in the ON position and the shift selector lever is in R (Reverse). When sensors detect obstacles within 6 ft (1.8 m) of the rear bumper, a beeping tone is emitted. The rear sonar system can be disabled by push- ing the OFF switch. When the system is disabled,2-32 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 109. TOW MODE SWITCH POWER OUTLET LIC0594 LIC0678 WIC0643Tow mode should be used when pulling a heavy Front row 2nd row (if so equipped)trailer or hauling a heavy load. Using tow mode at The power outlets are for powering electrical CAUTIONother times may cause unnecessary transmission accessories such as cellular telephones.shifting and reduced fuel economy. ● The outlet and plug may be hot during The power outlets located on the driver’s side of or immediately after use.Press the tow mode switch to activate tow mode. the instrument panel and in the truck box areThe indicator light on the tow mode switch illumi- powered directly by the vehicle’s battery. ● Only certain power outlets are designednates when tow mode is selected. Press the tow for use with a cigarette lighter unit. Domode switch again to turn tow mode OFF. The power outlets located on the passenger’s not use any other power outlet for an side of the instrument panel, inside the center accessory lighter. See your NISSANTow mode is automatically canceled when the armrest, and in the 2nd row are powered only dealer for additional information.key is turned OFF. when the ignition key is in the ACC or ON posi- ● Do not use with accessories that ex-For additional information, refer to “Tow mode” in tion. ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.the “Technical and consumer information” sec- Do not use double adapters or moretion later in this manual. Open the cap to use a power outlet. than one electrical accessory. Instruments and controls 2-33 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 110. ● Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open. ● When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water to contact the outlet. LIC0618 LIC0617 Inside center armrest (if so equipped) In truck box (if so equipped)● Use power outlets with the engine run- Do not use the outlet located in the truck box with ning to avoid discharging the vehicle accessories that exceed 12 volt, 120W (15A) battery. power draw . Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory.● Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window CAUTION defroster is on. For the power outlet located in the bed of● Before inserting or disconnecting a the truck, do not use with accessories that plug, be sure the electrical accessory exceed a 12 volt, 120W (15A) power draw. being used is turned OFF. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory.2-34 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 111. CIGARETTE LIGHTER STORAGE ● Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter. ● Do not use with accessories that ex- ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory. ● Use power outlets with the engine run- ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery. ● Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster is on. WIC0728 ● Before inserting or disconnecting a LIC0565This power outlet ᭺ can be used with an acces- A plug, be sure the electrical accessory Side traysory cigarette lighter element. Contact your being used is turned OFF. INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGENISSAN dealer for information. ● Push the plug in as far as it will go. If TRAYS good contact is not made, the plug mayThis power outlet can also be used for powering overheat or the internal temperature WARNINGelectrical accessories such as cellular tele- fuse may open.phones. Do not place sharp objects in the trays to ● When not in use, be sure to close the help prevent injury in an accident or sud- CAUTION cap. Do not allow water to contact the den stop. outlet.● The cigarette lighter should not be used The rubber mats can be removed for cleaning. while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.● The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use. Instruments and controls 2-35 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 112. CONSOLE BOX (if so equipped) WARNING The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. LIC0566 LIC0574 Center tray (if so equipped) Console box storage trays2-36 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 113. LIC0573 LIC0591Console box storage Console box lockPull up on the lever ᭺ to open the console box lid 1 Use the master key to lock ᭺ or unlock ᭺ the 1 2᭺. 2 console box. Instruments and controls 2-37 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 114. LIC0621 LIC0578CENTER ARMREST STORAGE (if so GLOVE BOXequipped) Open the glove box by pulling the handle.To access the center armrest storage area, lowerthe center armrest and lift the lid. WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop.2-38 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 115. CAUTION ● Do not use for anything other than sunglasses. ● Do not leave sunglasses in the sun- glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses. LIC0567 LIC0589SUNGLASSES HOLDER (if so MAP POCKETSequipped)To open the sunglasses holder, push and release. WARNING● The sunglasses holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.● Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident. Instruments and controls 2-39 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 116. LIC0575 LIC0568 LIC0569SEATBACK POCKET (if so equipped) Small bin Medium bin OVERHEAD CONSOLE (if soThe seatback pocket is located on the back of thedriver’s seat. The pocket can be used to store equipped)maps. Storage bins WARNING Keep storage bins closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop. Push the button to open a storage bin. Push the lid up to close.2-40 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 117. LIC0552 LIC0620 LIC0553 Front — Type A Front — Type B Adjustable (if so equipped)CUP HOLDERS Position the arm on the adjustable cup holder so CAUTION that the cup is held securely.Open the lid to access the front cup holders. ● Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent WARNING spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger.The cup holder should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given to ● Use only soft cups in the cup holder.vehicle operation. Hard objects can injure you in an accident. Instruments and controls 2-41 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 118. LIC0622 LIC0554 LIC0556 Armrest (if so equipped) 2nd row (rear of front console) 2nd row bench (if so equipped) (if so equipped) To open the 2nd row cup holders (rear of front console), lower the lid. To close, raise the lid.2-42 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 119. LIC0558 LIC0624 LIC0626 Bottle holder — Type A Bottle holder — Type B GROCERY HOOKS (if so equipped) CAUTION The grocery hooks allow for standard size plastic● Do not use bottle holder for any other grocery bags to hang side by side. objects that could be thrown about in To access the grocery hooks, fold up the rear the vehicle and possibly injure people bench seat. See “Folding the rear bench seat” in during sudden braking or an accident. the “Seats, restraints and supplemental restraint● Do not use bottle holders for open liq- system” section earlier in this manual. uid containers. CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 18 lbs (8 kg) to a single grocery hook. Instruments and controls 2-43 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 120. WINDOWS CAUTION POWER WINDOWS (if so equipped) ● Do not store a total load of more than 22 WARNING lbs (10 kg) inside the storage compartment. ● Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while ● Do not use the storage compartment or it is in motion and before closing the storage compartment lid as a step. Do- windows. Use the window lock switch ing so may damage them. to prevent unexpected use of the power windows. ● Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window. Unattended chil- LIC0625 dren could become involved in seriousLOCKABLE BEDSIDE STORAGE accidents.COMPARTMENT (if so equipped) The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or for about 45To access the bedside storage compartment, seconds after the ignition switch is turned to thehold the key hole cover open and insert the OFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’s doormaster key. Turn the key clockwise to unlock the is opened during this period of about 45 sec-lid. onds, power to the windows is canceled.The tray inside the bedside storage compartmentis adjustable.The bedside storage compartment will automati-cally lock when the lid is closed. You do not needto use the key.2-44 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 121. To open a window, push the switch and hold it down. To close a window, pull the switch and hold it up. To stop the opening or closing function at any time, simply release the switch. WIC0845 LIC05801. Window lock button Front passenger power window switch2. Power door lock switch The passenger window switch operates only the3. Front passenger side automatic switch corresponding passenger window. To open the4. Right rear passenger window switch window, push the switch and hold it down ᭺. To 15. Left rear passenger window switch close the window, pull the switch up ᭺. 26. Driver side automatic switch Locking passengers’ windowsDriver’s side power window switch When the window lock button is depressed, onlyThe driver’s side control panel is equipped with the driver side window can be opened or closed.switches to open or close the front and rear Push it again to cancel the window lock function.passenger windows. Instruments and controls 2-45 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 122. Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto-reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc- curs. WARNING There are some small distances immedi- ately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the window. If the control unit detects something caught in a LIC0581 LIC0410 window equipped with automatic operation as it is closing, the window will be immediately low-Rear power window switch Automatic operation ered.The rear passenger window switches open or To fully open a window equipped with automaticclose only the corresponding passenger window. operation, press the window switch down (onlyTo open the window, push the switch and hold it driver’s side shown) to the second detent anddown ᭺. To close the window, pull the switch up 1 release it; it need not be held. The window auto-᭺. 2 matically opens all the way. To stop the window, lift the switch up while the window is opening. To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation, pull the switch up to the second detent and release it; it need not be held. Auto-reverse function The auto-reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation.2-46 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 123. WIC0263 LIC0627 LIC0853MANUAL WINDOWS REAR SLIDING WINDOW (if so REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCHThe side windows can be opened or closed by equipped) (if so equipped)turning the hand crank on each door. Squeeze the handles of the lever ᭺, then slide 1 To open the rear power window, push and hold the window open ᭺. 2 the switch in the DOWN position. To close the rear power window, push and hold the switch in the UP position. To stop the opening or closing function at any time, simply release the switch. Instruments and controls 2-47 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 124. SUNROOF (if so equipped)NOTE: To open or close the sunroof part way, push the switch in any direction ᭺ while the roof is sliding 5If the rear power window (if so equipped) islowered while the defroster switch is on, open or closed to stop it in the desired position.the rear window defroster will automati- Tilting the sunroofcally shut off. The heated outside mirrors (ifso equipped) will remain on. The rear win- To tilt the sunroof up, push the tilt switch towarddow defroster will automatically turn on the up position ᭺.1when the rear power window is fully closedif the switch is on. To tilt the sunroof down, push the tilt switch toward the down position ᭺. 2 Restarting the sunroof sliding switch The sliding switch will become inoperable after the battery terminal is disconnected, the electri- WIC0812 cal supply interrupted and/or some abnormality AUTOMATIC SUNROOF detected. Use the following reset procedure to return sunroof operation to normal. The sunroof will only operate when the ignition key is in the ON position. The automatic sunroof 1. If the sunroof lid is open, push the tilting is operational for about 45 seconds, even if the switch repeatedly toward the down position ignition key is turned to the ACC or OFF position. ᭺ to fully close the lid. 2 If the driver’s door or the front passenger’s door 2. Finally, push and hold the tilting switch for is opened during this period of about 45 sec- more than 2 seconds toward the down po- onds, power to the sunroof is canceled. sition ᭺ to reestablish the lid’s home posi- 2 Sliding the sunroof tion. To fully open the sunroof, push the switch toward The sunroof should now operate normally. the open position ᭺.3 To fully close the sunroof, push the switch toward the close position ᭺.42-48 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 125. Auto reverse function (when closing or If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re- If the sunroof does not closetilting down the sunroof) peats opening or tilting up the sunroof, keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair theThe auto reverse function can be activated when after it happens, then the sunroof will fully close sunroof.the sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic gradually. In this case, make sure nothing isoperation when the ignition key is in the ON caught in the sunroof.position or for about 45 seconds after the ignitionkey is turned to the OFF position. WARNINGDepending on the environment or driving ● In an accident you could be thrown fromconditions, the auto reverse function may the vehicle through an open sunroof.be activated if an impact or load similar to Always use seat belts and childsomething being caught in the sunroof oc- restraints.curs. ● Do not allow anyone to stand up or WARNING extend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle isThere are some small distances immedi- in motion or while the sunroof isately before the closed position which closing.cannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., inside CAUTIONthe vehicle before closing the sunroof. ● Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandWhen closing: from the sunroof before opening.If the control unit detects something caught in the ● Do not place heavy objects on the sun-sunroof as it moves to the front, the sunroof will roof or surrounding area.immediately open backward.When tilting down: SunshadeIf the control unit detects something caught in the Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for-sunroof as it tilts down, the sunroof will immedi- ward or backward.ately tilt up. Instruments and controls 2-49 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 126. INTERIOR LIGHT When the switch is in the OFF position ᭺, the 3 interior lights do not illuminate, regardless of door position. The puddle lamps and cargo light (if so equipped) come on when any front or rear pas- senger door is opened. The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min- utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged. NOTE: The footwell and door step lights (if so equipped) illuminate when the driver and passenger doors are open regardless of LIC0585 LIC0630 the interior light switch position. These Type A Type B lights will turn off automatically after about 30 minutes while doors are open to preventThe interior light has a three-position switch and ● The driver’s door is opened and then closed the battery from becoming discharged.operates regardless of ignition switch position. while the key is removed from the ignitionWhen the switch is in the ON position ᭺, the 1 switch. CAUTIONinterior lights illuminate, regardless of door position. ● The key is removed from the ignition switchThe lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless while all doors are closed. Do not use for extended periods of timethe ignition key is in the ACC or ON position. with the engine stopped. This could result The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer is in a discharged battery.When the switch is in the DOOR or normal activated when:operation position ᭺, the interior lights, puddle 2lamps (if so equipped) and cargo light will stay on ● The driver’s door is locked by the keyfob, afor about 30 seconds when: key, or the power door lock switch. ● The doors are unlocked by the keyfob, a key ● The ignition switch is turned ON. or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position.2-50 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 127. PERSONAL LIGHTS (if so equipped) MAP LIGHTS (if so equipped) LIC0587 LIC0623 LIC0586CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped) The personal lights on the overhead console can To turn the map lights on, press the switches. To be swiveled 360 degrees. To turn on the light, turn them off, press the switches again.The console light ᭺ will turn on whenever the 1 press the button. Press the button again to turnparking lights or headlights are illuminated. off the light. CAUTIONThe console light brightness can be adjusted Do not use for extended periods of timewith the illumination brightness control. with the engine stopped. This could result in a discharged battery. Instruments and controls 2-51 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 128. HOMELINKா UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVERThe HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver provides a WARNINGconvenient way to consolidate the functions of upto three individual hand-held transmitters into ● Do not use the HomeLinkா Universalone built-in device. Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re-HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver: verse features as required by federal ● Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF) safety standards. (These standards be- devices such as garage doors, gates, home came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1, 1982). A ga- and office lighting, entry door locks and se- rage door opener which cannot detect curity systems. an object in the path of a closing garage ● Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No door and then automatically stop and separate batteries are required. If the vehi- reverse, does not meet current federal cle’s battery is discharged or is discon- safety standards. Using a garage door nected, HomeLinkா will retain all program- opener without these features in- LIC0671 ming. creases the risk of serious injury or Type A death.Once the HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINKா ● During the programming procedureis programmed, retain the original trans- 1. To begin, press and hold the two outer your garage door or security gate willmitter for future programming procedures HomeLinkா buttons (to clear the memory) open and close (if the transmitter is(Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon within range). Make sure that people or until the indicator light ᭺ blinks slowly (after 1sale of the vehicle, the programmed objects are clear of the garage door, 20 seconds). Release both buttons.HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver buttons gate, etc. that you are programming.should be erased for security purposes. For 2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter ● Your vehicle’s engine should be turned 1 - 3 inches (26 - 76 mm) away from theadditional information refer to “Program- off while programming the HomeLinkா HomeLinkா surface.ming HomeLinkா” later in this section. Universal Transceiver.2-52 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 129. LIC0670 LIC0676 LIC0677Type B Type A Type B 3. Using both hands, simultaneously press and 4. Hold down both buttons until the indicator hold both the HomeLinkா button you want to light on the HomeLinkா flashes, changing program and the hand-held transmitter but- from a “slow blink” to a “rapidly flashing ton. blink”. This could take up to 90 seconds. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has buttons may be released. The rapidly flash- been completed. ing light indicates successful programming. To activate the garage door or other pro- grammed device, press and hold the pro- grammed HomeLinkா button — releasing when the device begins to activate. Instruments and controls 2-53 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 130. 5. If the indicator light on the HomeLinkா blinks NOTE: PROGRAMMING HOMELINKா FOR rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns solid, CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Once you have pressed and released the HomeLinkா has picked up a “rolling code” program button on the garage door open- garage door opener signal. You will need to Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required hand- er’s motor and the “training light” is lit, you held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 sec- proceed with the next steps to train the have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7. HomeLinkா to complete the programming onds. To program your hand-held transmitter to Use the help of a second person for conve- HomeLinkா, continue to press and hold the which may require a ladder and another per- nience to assist when performing this step. son for convenience. HomeLinkா button (note steps 2 - 4 under “Pro- 7. Within 30 seconds of pressing and releas- gramming HomeLinkா”) while you press and re- 6. Press and release the “smart” or “learn” pro- ing the garage door opener program button, press (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitters every gram button located on the garage door quickly and firmly press and release the 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly opener’s motor to activate the “training HomeLinkா button you’ve just programmed. (indicating successful programming). mode”. This button is usually located near Press and release the HomeLinkா button up the antenna wire that hangs down from the to 3 times to complete the training. NOTE: motor. If the wire originates from under a 8. Your HomeLinkா button should now be pro- When programming a garage door opener, light lens, you will need to remove the lens to grammed. (To program the remaining etc., it is advised to unplug the device dur- access the program button. HomeLinkா buttons for additional door or ing the “cycling” process to prevent pos- gate openers, follow steps 2-8 only.) sible damage to the garage door opener components. NOTE: OPERATING THE HOMELINKா Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER “clear” all previously programmed HomeLinkா buttons. The HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver (once pro- grammed) may now be used to activate the ga- If you have any questions or are having difficulty rage door, etc. To operate, simply press the ap- programming your HomeLinkா buttons, refer to propriate programmed HomeLinkா Universal the HomeLinkா web site at: www.homelink.com Transceiver button. The amber indicator light will or call 1-800-355-3515. illuminate while the signal is being transmitted.2-54 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 131. PROGRAMMING TROUBLE- CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED The HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver button hasDIAGNOSIS INFORMATION now been reprogrammed. The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLinkா buttonIf the HomeLinkா does not quickly learn the hand- Individual buttons cannot be cleared. However, that was just programmed. This procedure willheld transmitter information: to clear all programming, press and hold the two not affect any other programmed HomeLinkா outside buttons and release when the indicator buttons. ● replace the hand-held transmitter batteries light begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds). with new batteries. IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN ● position the hand-held transmitter with its REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the battery area facing away from the HOMELINKா BUTTON codes of any non-rolling code device that has HomeLinkா surface. To reprogram a HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver been programmed into HomeLinkா. Consult the ● press and hold both the HomeLinkா and button, complete the following. Owner’s Manual of each device or call the manu- hand-held transmitter buttons without inter- facturer or dealer of those devices for additional 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkா but- information. ruption. ton. Do not release the button until step 4 ● position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 has been completed. When your vehicle is recovered, you will inches (26 - 76 mm) away from the need to reprogram the HomeLinkா Univer- 2. When the indicator light begins to flash sal Transceiver with your new transmitter HomeLinkா surface. Hold the transmitter in slowly (after 20 seconds), position the that position for up to 15 seconds. If information. hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 inches (26 - 76 HomeLinkா is not programmed within that mm) away from the HomeLinkா surface. FCC Notice: time, try holding the transmitter in another position – keeping the indicator light in view 3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter This device complies with FCC rules part at all times. button. 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may notIf you continue to have programming difficulties, 4. The HomeLinkா indicator light will flash, first cause harmful interference and (2) This de-please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator vice must accept any interference that mayDepartment. The phone numbers are located in light begins to flash rapidly, release both be received, including interference thatthe Foreword of this manual. buttons. may cause undesired operation. Instruments and controls 2-55 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 132. This transmitter has been tested and com-plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to op-erate the device.DOC: ISTC 1763K1313FCC I.D. CV2V676902-56 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 133. 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Tilt operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS) Pedal position adjustment (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Inside mirror (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Locking with power door lock switch Automatic anti-glare inside mirror (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Wide Open doors (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Child safety rear door lock (Crew Cab models only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Truck box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . 3-7 Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Tie down hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Memory storage function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Fuel filler cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Entry/exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 System operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 134. KEYS A key number is only necessary when you have process will erase the memory of all key codes lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle from. If you still have a key, your NISSAN dealer Immobilizer System. After the registration pro- can duplicate it. cess, these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys- NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER tem (NVIS) during registration. Any key that is not SYSTEM (NVIS) KEYS given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle. You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Do not allow the immobilizer system key, which Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your contains an electrical transponder, to come into vehicle. These keys have a transponder chip in contact with salt water. This could affect system function. the key head. The master key can be used for all the locks. WPD01281. Two master keys (black) with transpon- The valet key cannot be used for the console box lock, the beside storage compartment lock, or the der chip and chrome NISSAN brand tailgate lock. symbol on one side2. Valet key (black) with transponder chip To protect belongings when you leave a key with3. Key number plate someone, give them the valet key only.4. Transponder chip Never leave these keys in the vehicle.A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Additional or replacement keys:Record the key number and keep it in a safe place(such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose If you still have a key, the key number is notyour keys, see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicleusing the key number. NISSAN does not record Immobilizer System keys. Your dealer can dupli-key numbers so it is very important to keep track cate your existing key. As many as five NVIS keysof your key number plate. can be used with one vehicle. You should bring all NVIS keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration. This is because the registration3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 135. DOORS Turning the key one time toward the rear ᭺ of the 2 WARNING vehicle unlocks that door. From that position,● Always have the doors locked while returning the key to neutral ᭺ (where the key can 3 driving. Along with the use of seat belts, only be removed and inserted) and turning it this provides greater safety in the event toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks of an accident by helping to prevent all doors ᭺. 4 persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children Opening and closing windows and others from unintentionally open- The driver’s door key operation allows you to ing the doors, and will help keep out open and close windows equipped with auto- intruders. matic operation at the same time.● Before opening any door, always look ● To open the windows, turn the driver’s door for and avoid oncoming traffic. key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer● Do not leave children unattended inside LPD0240 than 1 second after the door is unlocked. the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- Driver’s side ● To close the windows, turn the driver’s door tivate switches or controls. Unattended key to the front of the vehicle for longer children could become involved in seri- LOCKING WITH KEY than 1 second after the door is locked. ous accidents. Manual Windows stop when the key cylinder is released. To lock a door, turn the key toward the front of the vehicle ᭺. To unlock, turn the key toward the rear 1 ᭺4 . Power The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time. Turning the key toward the front ᭺ of the vehicle 1 locks all doors. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 136. Lockout protection When the power door lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open, all doors will lock and unlock automatically. This helps to prevent the keys from being acci- dently locked inside the vehicle. LPD0241 WPD0317 Inside lock Door lock switchLOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK LOCKING WITH POWER DOORKNOB LOCK SWITCH (if so equipped)To lock the door without the key, move the inside To lock all the doors without a key, push the doorlock knob to the lock position ᭺, then close the 1 lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) todoor. the lock position ᭺. When locking the door this 1To unlock the door without the key, move the way, be certain not to leave the key inside theinside lock knob to the unlock position ᭺. 2 vehicle. To unlock all the doors without a key, push the door lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) to the unlock position ᭺. 23-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 137. LPD0278 LPD0266 LPD0267WIDE OPEN DOORS (if so equipped) 2. From the outside, pull the door handle ᭺ 1 From the inside, pull the inside door handle to- toward you. ward you. The door will unlock automatically. CAUTIONDo not open the Wide Open door to thefull open position while the fuel filler dooris open; only open it as far as the firstdetent. Opening the door to the full openposition may damage the fuel filler doorand Wide Open door.The Wide Open doors open nearly 180° to allowaccess to the rear of the cab. 1. Open the driver’s or passenger’s door. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 138. LPD0265 LPD0242 3. Open the door to the desired position. CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK (Crew Cab models only) Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors. When the lever is in the lock position, the door can be opened only from the outside.3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 139. REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM(if so equipped)It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, turn on the CAUTIONinterior lights and puddle lamps (if so equipped),and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob Listed below are conditions or occur-from outside the vehicle. rences which will damage the keyfob:Some settings for the keyfob, such as horn beep, ● Do not allow the keyfob to become wet.can be adjusted. For vehicles without navigation ● Do not drop the keyfob.system, refer to “Silencing the horn beep feature”later in this section. For vehicles with navigation ● Do not strike the keyfob sharply againstsystem, refer to “Vehicle electronic systems” in another object.the “Display screen, heater, air conditioner and ● Do not place the keyfob for an extendedaudio systems” section later in this manual. period in an area where temperaturesBe sure to remove the key from the vehicle exceed 140°F (60°C).before locking the doors. If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSAN rec- ommends erasing the ID code of that key- LPD0209The keyfob can operate at a maximum distance of fob. This will prevent the keyfob from un- HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. The authorized use to unlock the vehicle. Foreffective distance depends upon the conditions information regarding the erasing proce- ENTRY SYSTEMaround the vehicle. dure, please contact a NISSAN dealer. Locking doorsAs many as 5 keyfobs can be used with onevehicle. For information concerning the purchase 1. Close all windows.and use of additional keyfobs, contact a NISSAN 2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.dealer. 3. Close the hood and all doors.The keyfob will not function when: 4. Push the button on the keyfob. All ● the battery is discharged. the doors lock. The hazard warning lights ● the distance between the vehicle and the flash twice and the horn beeps once to keyfob is over 33 ft (10 m). indicate all doors are locked.The panic alarm will not activate when thekey is in the ignition switch. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 140. ● When the button is pushed with all Push the button on the keyfob again within doors locked, the hazard warning lights flash 5 seconds. twice and the horn beeps once as a re- ● All doors unlock. minder that the doors are already locked. ● The hazard warning lights flash once if all ● If a door is open and you push the doors are completely closed. button, the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard warning lights will The interior lights can be turned off without wait- not flash. ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and turning to the ON or START position,The horn may or may not beep. For vehicles locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing thewithout navigation system, refer to “Silencing the interior light switch to the off position.horn beep feature” later in this section. For ve-hicles with navigation system, refer to “Vehicle Auto relockelectronic systems” in the “Display screen,heater, air conditioner and audio systems” sec- LPD0210 When the button on the keyfob is pushed,tion later in this manual. all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute Unlocking doors unless one of the following operations is per- formed: Push the button on the keyfob once. ● Any door is opened. ● Only the driver’s door unlocks. ● A key is inserted into the ignition switch and ● The hazard warning lights flash once if all the key is turned from OFF to ON. doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position. Linking the keyfob to automatic drive ● The interior lights and puddle lamps (if so positioner memory equipped) turn on and the light timer acti- If the vehicle is equipped with automatic drive vates for 30 seconds when the interior light positioner, the keyfob can be linked to a memory switch is in the DOOR position with the setting. ignition key in any position except the ON See “Automatic driver positioner” later in this position. section.3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 141. The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated. To activate: Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more. The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated. Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si- lence the horn if the alarm is triggered. Using the interior lights LPD0211 LPD0262 Push the button on the keyfob once to turnUsing the panic alarm Silencing the horn beep feature on the interior lights and puddle lamps (if soIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, equipped). If desired, the horn beep feature can be deacti-you may activate the panic alarm to call attention vated using the keyfob. The interior lights can be turned off without wait-by pushing and holding the button on the ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into thekeyfob for longer than 0.5 second. NOTE: ignition, locking the doors with the keyfob orThe panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 pushing the interior light switch to off position. If you change the horn beep and lamp flashseconds. feature with the keyfob, the display screenThe panic alarm stops when: (if so equipped) will not show the current mode and cannot be used to change the ● it has run for 25 seconds, or mode. Use the keyfob to return to the pre- ● any button is pushed on the keyfob. vious mode and re-enable the display screen control. To deactivate: Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 142. HOOD FUEL FILLER LID LPD0244 LPD0263᭺1 Pull the hood lock release handle located WARNING FUEL FILLER CAP below the driver side instrument panel. The hood will spring up slightly. ● Make sure the hood is completely The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn the closed and latched before driving. Fail- cap counterclockwise to remove. To tighten, turn᭺2 Push the lever at the front of the hood to the ure to do so could cause the hood to fly the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are side as illustrated with your fingertips and open and result in an accident. heard. raise the hood. ● If you see steam or smoke coming from For additional information, see “Fuel recommen-When closing the hood, lower it slowly and make the engine compartment, to avoid injury dation” and “Flexible fuel vehicle (FFV) fuel rec-sure it locks into place. do not open the hood. ommendation” in the “Technical and consumer information” section later in this manual.3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 143. WARNING ● Do not fill a portable fuel container on a ● Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks. truck bed liner, rubber truck bed mad, Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap● Gasoline is extremely flammable and or other insulating material. Static elec- highly explosive under certain condi- properly may cause the mal- tricity can cause an explosion of flam- tions. You could be burned or seriously mable liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle function indicator lamp (MIL) to illumi- injured if it is misused or mishandled. or trailer. To reduce the risk of serious nate. If the lamp illuminates be- Always stop the engine and do not injury or death when filling portable fuel smoke or allow open flames or sparks cause the fuel filler cap is loose or containers: missing, tighten or install the cap and near the vehicle when refueling. – Always place the container on the continue to drive the vehicle.● Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the ground when filling. The lamp should turn off after a cap a third of a turn, and wait for any “hissing” sound to stop to prevent fuel – Do not use electronic devices when few driving trips. If the lamp from spraying out and possibly causing filling. does not turn off after a few driving personal injury. Then remove the cap. – Keep the pump nozzle in contact with trips, have the vehicle inspected by a● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank the container while you are filling it. NISSAN dealer. after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off – Use only approved portable fuel con- ● For additional information, see the automatically. Continued refueling may tainers for flammable liquid. “Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)” in cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel the “Instruments and Controls” section spray and possibly a fire. CAUTION earlier in this manual.● Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement. It has a ● Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door built-in safety valve needed for proper label can operate on E-85. Fuel system operation of the fuel system and emis- or other damage can occur if E-85 is sion control system. An incorrect cap used in vehicles that are not designed can result in a serious malfunction and to run on E-85. possible injury. It could also cause the ● If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, malfunction indicator lamp to come on. flush it away with water to avoid paint● Never pour fuel into the throttle body to damage. attempt to start your vehicle. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 144. STEERING WHEEL PEDAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT (if so equipped) CAUTION Do not adjust the pedal position with your foot on the pedal. LPD0254 LPD0255TILT OPERATION (if so equipped) The accelerator and brake pedals can be ad- justed for driving comfort.Pull the lock lever forward and hold it to adjust thesteering wheel up or down to the desired posi- Use the pedal adjusting switch to adjust thetion. brake and accelerator pedal position forward ᭺ 1 or backward ᭺. Pedal adjustment can only be 2Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheelin place. performed when: ● Ignition switch is in the OFF or ACC position WARNING ● Ignition switch is ON and the selector leverDo not adjust the steering wheel while is in the P (Park) positiondriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident. The brake and accelerator pedals cannot be ad- justed separately.3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 145. SUN VISORS CAUTION ● Do not store the sun visor before return- ing the extension to its original position. ● Store the main sun visor after storing the extension sun visor and sub-sun visor. ● Do not pull the extension sun visor forc- edly downward. LPD0264 Type B ᭺ 1 To block glare from the front, swing down the main sun visor. ᭺ 2 To block glare from the side, remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side. LPD0273 ᭺ 3 To block glare from the side and front, swing Type A down the sub-sun visor (if so equipped). ᭺ 4 Slide the extension sun visor (if so equipped) in or out as needed. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 146. WPD0168 LPD0257 Type A Type BVANITY MIRRORSTo access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visordown and flip open the mirror cover (if soequipped). Some vanity mirrors are illuminatedand turn on when the mirror cover is open.3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 147. MIRRORS AUTO indicator light will be on. When the switch on the inside mirror is in the OFF position, the inside mirror will operate normally. Do not hang any object on the sensor or apply glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor, resulting in improper operation. OUTSIDE MIRRORS WARNING ● Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they WPD0126 LPD0280 appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could causeINSIDE MIRROR (if so equipped) 1. AUTO position an accident. Use the inside mirror or 2. OFF position glance over your shoulder to properlyThe night position ᭺ reduces glare from the 1headlights of vehicles behind you at night. 3. AUTO indicator light judge distances to other objects. 4. Sensor (on back of mirror) ● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.Use the day position ᭺ when driving in daylight 2 5. Sensorhours. You could lose control of your vehicle AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDE and cause an accident. WARNING MIRROR (if so equipped)Use the night position only when neces- The inside mirror is designed so that it automati-sary, because it reduces rear view clarity. cally changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you. When the inside mirror switch is in the AUTO position, excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced. The Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 148. LPD0237 WPD0170 LPD0279Electric control type (if so equipped) Manual control type Trailer tow mirrors (if so equipped)The outside mirror remote control will operate The outside mirror can be moved in any directiononly when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON for a better rear view. WARNINGposition. ● Objects viewed in the convex portion ofMove the small switch ᭺ to select the right or left 1 the trailer tow mirror are closer thanmirror. Adjust each mirror to the desired position they appear. Be careful when changingusing the large switch ᭺.2 lanes or turning. Using only the convex mirror could cause an accident. Use the other mirrors or glance over your shoul- der to properly judge distances to other objects. ● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 149. Use the outside mirror remote control to adjust Heated mirrors (if so equipped)the top portion of the trailer tow mirror. Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost,The lower portion of the trailer tow mirror can be defog, or de-ice for improved visibility. For addi-moved manually in any direction for a better rear tional information, see “Rear window and outsideview. mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch” in the “Instrument and controls” section of this manual. LPD0268 Pull the trailer tow mirror outward to extend it to the desired position for better visibility while tow- ing a trailer. WARNING Do not extend or retract mirrors while driv- ing. You may lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident. CAUTION Driving in tight spaces with mirrors ex- tended may cause damage to the vehicle. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 150. LPD0259 LPD0269 Type A Type BFoldable outside mirrorsPull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it.3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 151. TRUCK BOX For proper truck box loading see “Vehicle loading information” in the “Technical and consumer in- formation” section of this manual. WARNING ● It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle. In a colli- sion, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. ● Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts. LPD0270 ● Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a LPD0271TAILGATE seat and using a seat belt properly. Removing the tailgateOpening the tailgate 1. Release the tailgate support cables.Pull the tailgate handle upward and lower the CAUTIONtailgate. The support cables hold the tailgateopen. ● The tailgate is heavy. Two people should remove or install it. Be carefulWhen closing the tailgate, make sure the latches not to drop it during removal.are securely locked. ● After releasing the support cables, doDo not drive the vehicle with the tailgate not let the tailgate rest on the bumper.down, unless equipped with NISSAN’s Bed 2. Hold the tailgate at a 45 degree angle.Extender (accessory) or equivalent in theextended position. 3. Pull the tailgate out from the left side hinge. 4. Slide the tailgate out of the right side hinge. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 152. Installing the tailgate 1. Insert the tailgate into the right side hinge. 2. Hold the tailgate at a 45 degree angle and insert into the left side hinge. 3. Continue to hold the tailgate at a 45 degree angle and attach the tailgate support cables. 4. Close the tailgate securely. LPD0272 LTI0102 Locking the tailgate TIE DOWN HOOKS To unlock the tailgate, turn the key toward the For your convenience, tie down hooks are placed passenger side of the vehicle ᭺. To lock, turn the 1 at each corner of the truck box. These may be key toward the driver side ᭺. 2 used to help secure cargo loaded into the truck box. ● The weight of the cargo load must be evenly distributed over both the front and the rear axles. ● All cargo should be securely fastened with ropes or straps to prevent it from shifting or sliding within the vehicle.3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 153. AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if so equipped) The automatic drive positioner system has two WARNING features:● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or ● Memory storage function shifting. In a sudden stop or collision, ● Entry/exit function unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. LPD0260 MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION Two positions for the driver’s seat, accelerator and brake pedals, and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory. Follow these procedures to use the memory sys- tem. 1. Set the automatic transmission selector le- ver to the P (Park) position. 2. Turn the ignition ON. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 154. 3. Adjust the driver’s seat, accelerator and 1. Follow the steps for storing a memory posi- 1. Open and close the driver’s door more than brake pedals, and outside mirrors to the tion. two times with the ignition key in the LOCK desired positions by manually operating position. 2. While the indicator light for the memory each adjusting switch. For additional infor- switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec- 2. Reset the desired position using the previ- mation, see “Seats” in the “Safety—Seats, onds, press the button on the keyfob. ous procedure. seat belts and supplemental restraint sys- The indicator light will blink. After the indica- tem” section and “Pedal position adjust- tor light goes off, the keyfob is linked to that Selecting the memorized position ment” and “Outside mirrors” earlier in this memory setting. section. 1. Set the automatic transmission selector le- With the key removed from the ignition switch, ver to the P (Park) position. During this step, do not turn the ignition to press the button on the keyfob. The driv- any position other than ON. er’s seat, accelerator and brake pedals, and out- 2. Turn the ignition ON. side mirrors will move to the memorized position. 3. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at 4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at least 1 second. NOTE: least 1 second. The driver’s seat, accelerator and brake If a new memory is saved to the memory pedals, and outside mirrors will move to the The indicator light for the pushed memory switch, the keyfob must be re-linked. switch will come on and stay on for approxi- memorized position with the indicator light mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch. Confirming memory storage blinking, and then the light will stay on for After the indicator light goes off, the se- approximately 5 seconds. ● Turn the ignition ON and push the SET lected positions are stored in the selected ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION switch. If the main memory has not been memory (1 or 2). stored, the indicator light will come on for This system is designed so that the driver’s seatIf a new memory is stored in the same memory approximately 0.5 seconds. When the will automatically move when the automaticswitch, the previous memory will be deleted. memory has stored the position, the indica- transmission selector lever is in the P (Park) tor light will stay on for approximately 5 sec-Linking a keyfob to a stored memory position. This allows the driver to get into and out onds. of the driver’s seat more easily.position ● If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the The driver’s seat will slide backward:Each keyfob can be linked to a stored memory fuse opens, the memory will be canceled. Inposition (memory switch 1 or 2) with the follow- such a case, reset the desired positions ● When the driver’s door is opened with theing procedure. using the following procedures. ignition key turned to LOCK.3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 155. ● When the ignition key is turned from ACC to ● When any two or more of the memory LOCK with the driver’s door open while the switches are simultaneously pushed while automatic transmission selector lever is in the automatic drive positioner is operating. the P (Park) position. ● When the adjusting switch for the driver’sThe driver’s seat will return to the previous posi- seat is turned on while the automatic drivetion: positioner is operating. ● When the key is inserted into the ignition ● When the memory switch (1 or 2) is not switch. pushed for at least 1 second. ● When the driver’s door is closed with the key ● When the seat has been already moved to the memorized position. turned to LOCK. ● When no seat position is stored in the ● When the key is turned from ACC to ON memory switch. while the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P (Park) position. The automatic drive positioner system can be adjusted and canceled. For vehicles with naviga-The entry/exit function can be adjusted or can- tion system, see “Vehicle electronic systems” inceled. For vehicles with navigation system, see the “Display screen, heater, air conditioner and“Vehicle electronic systems” in the “Display audio systems” section of this manual. For ve-screen, heater, air conditioner and audio sys- hicles without navigation system, see yourtems” section of this manual. For vehicles without NISSAN dealer.navigation system, see your NISSAN dealer.SYSTEM OPERATIONThe automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the followingconditions: ● When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h). Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 156. MEMO3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
  • 157. 4 Display screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systemsControl panel buttons (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Satellite radio reception (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Names of the components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 How to use joystick and “ENTER” button . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD) player How to use “PREV” button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Setting up the start-up screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 FM-AM-SAT radio with compact disc (CD) changer (Type A, B, C and D) How to use the “TRIP” button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 How to use the “SETTING” button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Setting the display (Audio or HVAC display): . . . . . . 4-7 Steering wheel switch for audio control button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Rear audio controls (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38Heater and air conditioner (manual). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 NISSAN mobile entertainment system (MES) Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Digital video disc (DVD) player controls . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 Airflow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Flip-down screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Playing a digital video disc (DVD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46 FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 How to handle the DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46 AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 158. CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS (if so equipped) WARNING● Positioning of the heating or air condi- tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or- der that full attention may be given to the driving operation.● Do not disassemble or modify this sys- tem. If you do, it may result in accidents, fire, or electrical shock.● Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality, such as a frozen screen or lack of sound. Continued use of the system may result in accident, fire or electric shock.● In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware, spill liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell coming from it, stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents, fire or electrical shock. LHA0388 When you use this system, make sure the engine Reference symbols: is running. “ENTER” button — This is a button on the con- If you use the system with the engine not trol panel. running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long time, it will use up all the battery power, and the engine will not start.4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 159. “Display” key — This is a select key on the HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND If you do not touch the button or screen key forscreen. By selecting this key you can proceed to “ENTER” BUTTON more than 1 minute on the TRIP, SETTING orthe next function. START-UP screen, the screen will change to Choose an item on the display using the joystick TRIP screen automatically.NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS and push the “ENTER” button for operation. To proceed to the next step, refer to the separate 1. brightness control button (P. 4-12) Navigation System Owner’s Manual. HOW TO USE “PREV” BUTTON 2. PREV (previous) button (P. 4-3) This button has two functions. 3. Joystick and ENTER push button (P. 4-3) ● Go back to the previous display (cancel). 4. SETTING button (P. 4-7) If you touch “PREV” button during setup, the 5. TRIP drive computer button (P. 4-4) setup will be canceled and/or the display will return to the previous screen. 6. DEST button* ● Finish setup. 7. ROUTE button* If you touch this button after the setup is com- 8. MAP button* pleted, the setup will start over, and the display 9. GUIDE VOICE button* will return to the climate control or audio mode and Navigation screen.10. zoom out button*11. zoom in button* SETTING UP THE START-UP SCREEN*For Navigation system control buttons, refer tothe separate Navigation System Owner’s When you turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, theManual. SYSTEM START-UP warning is displayed on the screen. Read the warning and select the “I AGREE” (English) or “ENTER” (Français) key then push the “ENTER” button. If you do not push the “ENTER” button, the Navigation system will not proceed to the next step display. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 160. LHA0398 LHA0399 LHA0402HOW TO USE THE “TRIP” BUTTON Trip 1, trip 2 and fuel economy items Maintenance itemsWhen the “TRIP” button is pushed, the following To reset the TRIP 1, TRIP 2 and FUEL You can set the engine oil and the tire rotationmodes will display on the screen. ECONOMY, select the “RESET” key using the interval. joystick and push the “ENTER” button or pushWarning message (if there are any) → TRIP 1 To display the setting of the maintenance interval, the “TRIP” button for more than approximately(Elapsed Time, Driving Distance, Average select the “Engine Oil” or “Tire Rotation” key 1.5 seconds.Speed) → TRIP 2 → FUEL ECONOMY (Average using the joystick and push the “ENTER” button.Fuel Economy, Distance to Empty) → MAINTE-NANCE (Engine Oil, Tire Rotation and Tire Pres-sure — if so equipped) → OFF.4-4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 161. LHA0400 LHA0401 LHA0483To set the maintenance interval, select the The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen (“EN-“Maintenance Schedule” key by using the joy- GINE OIL” and “TIRE ROTATION”) will be auto-stick and push the joystick to right or left. matically displayed as shown when both of theTo reset the maintenance interval, select the “Re- following conditions are met:set” key using the joystick and push the “EN- ● the vehicle is driven the set distance and theTER” button. ignition key is turned OFF.To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMATION ● the ignition key is turned ON the next timeautomatically when set trip distance is reached, the vehicle will be driving.select the “Display Maintenance Notifica-tion” key and push the “ENTER” button. To return to the previous display after the “MAIN- TENANCE NOTICE” screen is displayed, press the PREV button. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 162. The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen displays Tire pressure rises and falls depending on theeach time the key is turned ON until one of the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation and thefollowing conditions are met: outside temperature. ● “RESET” is selected. In case of low tire pressure, a message is dis- played on the screen: ● “Display Maintenance and Notification” is set OFF. FLAT TIRE — low tire air pressure. ● the maintenance interval is set again. WARNING When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, tire pressure will not be indi- cated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function. Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire LHA0403 replacement and/or system resetting. Tire pressure information To view “TIRE PRESSURE” information, push the “TRIP” button repeatedly until the “MAINTE- NANCE” screen is displayed. Select “TIRE PRESSURE” using the joystick and push the “ENTER” button. Pressure indication in ** psi on the screen indi- cates that the pressure is being measured. After a few driving trips, the pressure for each tire will be displayed randomly. The order of tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position.4-6 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 163. SETTING THE DISPLAY (Audio or Display Off: HVAC display): To turn off the screen, push the “SETTING” The audio or HVAC reading can be displayed at button and select the “Display” key and “Dis- the bottom of the screen. Choose the “Audio” or play Off” key. The indicator of the “Display “HVAC” (Heater and air conditioner) key to be Off” will turn to amber. When any mode button is displayed at the bottom, by using the joystick and pushed with the screen off, the screen turns on pressing the ENTER button to select or deselect for further operation. The screen will turn off the key. The setting condition will normally appear automatically 5 seconds after the operation is on the screen. To return to the setting screen, finished on the map display in the Audio, HVAC push the “SETTING” button or “PREV” button. (Heater and air conditioner), SETTING or VE- HICLE INFO modes. Display settings To turn on the screen, push the “SETTING” The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear af- button and select the “Display” key and “Dis- LHA0268 ter pushing the “SETTING” button, selecting play Off” key, then set the screen to on by “Display” key and pushing the “ENTER” but- pushing the “ENTER” button.HOW TO USE THE “SETTING” ton. Setting Audio or HVAC display:BUTTON Brightness/Contrast/Map Background: Choose the “Audio” or “HVAC” (Heater and airTo adjust the various settings within the displayscreen press the“SETTING” button. To adjust the brightness and contrast of the conditioner) key to be displayed at the bottom, by screen, select the “Brightness/contrast” key using the joystick. The audio or HVAC settingAfter pressing the SETTING button a menu will and push the “ENTER” button. You can then use condition will normally appear on the screen. Tobe shown on the display screen which will allow the joystick to adjust the brightness to Darker or return to the setting screen, push the “SET-you to program several functions such as the Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher. For TING” button or “PREV” button.display screen appearance, programmable fea- information on Map Background, please refer totures for your vehicles electronics system and the separate Navigation System Owner’sother system settings such as your clock. To Manual.make a selection from this mode use the joystickand press the “ENTER” button. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 164. LHA0382 LHA0381 LHA0261Vehicle electronic systemsThe VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screenwill appear when selecting the “Vehicle Elec-tronic Systems” key with the joystick and push-ing the “ENTER” button.To set the various electronic systems operatingconditions, select the applicable item using thejoystick, and push the “ENTER” button. Theindicator light, box at left of selected item, alter-nately turns on and off each time the “ENTER”button is pressed.Indicator light is illuminated — ONIndicator light is not illuminated — OFF4-8 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 165. Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle: NOTE: Speed dependent wiper:With this option ON, the driver’s seat automati- If you change the horn beep or the lamp This key allows you to turn on or turn off thecally moves back and returns to the original po- flash feature with the keyfob, the mode will driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func-sition for ease of exit and entry. not be changed with the display. Use the tion. keyfob to return to the previous mode and Return all settings to default:Remote unlock driver’s door first: re-enable the display control.This option allows you to select which doors will When this key is selected and turned on using Auto re-lock time: the “ENTER” button, all settings made by VE-unlock first during an unlocking operation: This key allows you to set the length of time HICLE ELECTRONICS will return to the defaultOnly the driver’s door ←→ All the doors settings. before doors auto re-lock.Keyless remote response — horn: Sensitivity of automatic headlights:This key allows you to change the horn chirp This key allows you to set the sensitivity of themode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or automatic headlights:UNLOCK button on the keyfob. ● Lower- less sensitive, automatic headlightsNOTE: will take longer to come on when the head-If you change the horn beep or the lamp light sensor senses less ambient light.flash feature with the keyfob, the display ● Higher- more sensitive, automatic head-screen will not show the current mode. Use lights will come on quicker when the head-the keyfob to return to the previous mode light sensor senses less ambient light.and re-enable the display screen control. Automatic headlights off delay:Keyless remote response — lights: This key allows you to set the length of timeThis key allows you to change the hazard indica- before the automatic headlights turn off aftertor flash mode that occurs when pressing the exiting the vehicle.LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 166. LHA0262 LHA0270 LHA0271System settings Clock Setting daylight savings time:Language/Unit Adjusting the time: Use the “Daylight Saving Time” key to adjust the clock to daylight savings time.The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appear when Select the “Hours” or “Minutes” key and moveselecting the “Language/Unit” key and push- the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time. ON: The displayed time advances by 1 hour.ing the “ENTER” button. The time will change step by step. OFF: The current time is displayed.Language: English or French After completion of the setting, press theUnit: US — mile, °F, MPG “PREV” button. Metric — km, °C, L/100 kmYou can select the language and unit using thejoystick and “ENTER” button.4-10 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 167. LHA0272 LHA0273 LHA0274Adjusting the time to the GPS: Selecting the time zone: 2. Select one of the following zones dependingSelect the “Auto Adjust” key. 1. Select the “Select Time Zone” key. on the current location.The time will be reset to the GPS time. The [TIME ZONE] screen will appear. ● Pacific zone ● Mountain zone ● Central zone ● Eastern zone ● Atlantic zone ● Newfoundland zone After selection, the [CLOCK SETTINGS] screen will appear. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-11 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 168. VENTILATORSThe GPS time (manual time) corresponding tothe selected zone will be displayed. Pacific zonehas been set as the initial (default) setting.Beep settingWith this option ON, a beep will sound if anyaudio button is pushed. BUTTONTo change the display brightness, pushthe button. Pushing the button again willchange the display to DAY or NIGHT display.Then, adjust the brightness moving the joystickright or left. LHA0410If no operation is done within 10 seconds, or if the“PREV” button is pushed, the display will return Adjust air flow direction for the driver and pas-to the previous display. senger side ᭺, center ᭺, and rear passenger (if 1 2 so equipped) ᭺ ventilators by moving the venti- 3 lator slide and/or ventilator assemblies.4-12 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 169. HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(manual) WARNING● The air conditioner cooling function op- erates only when the engine is running.● Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should also not be left alone. They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. WHA0535● Do not use the recirculation mode for 1. Fan speed control dial CONTROLS long periods as it may cause the interior 2. Air recirculation button air to become stale and the windows to 3. Temperature control dial Fan control dial fog up. 4. Air conditioner button The fan control dial turns the fan on and off, and● Positioning of the heater and/or air 5. Air flow control dial controls fan speed. conditioner controls should not be 6. Rear window defroster switch (if so done while driving so full attention may equipped) Air flow control dial be given to vehicle operation. The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets. MAX — Air flows from center and side A/C vents with maximum cooling (air conditioning). — Air flows from center and side ventilators. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-13 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/27/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 170. — Air flows from center and side ● to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas- Heated mirror switch (if so equipped) ventilators and the front and rear senger compartment. For more information about the heated mirror floor outlets. ● for maximum cooling when using the air con- switch, see “Heated mirror switch” in the “Instru- — Air flows mainly from the front ditioner. ments and controls” section of this manual. and rear floor outlets. OFF position: HEATER OPERATION — Air flows from defroster outlets Push the button again to turn air recircula- and the front and rear floor tion off. Outside air is drawn into the passenger Heating outlets. compartment and distributed through the se- — Air flows mainly from defroster lected outlet. This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets. outlets. Some air also flows from the defrost Use the off position for normal heater or air con- outlets.The air flow control dial also has intermediate ditioner operation.positions which allow the air flow to be distrib- 1. Push the button to the OFF positionuted between 2 of the icon positions on the air Air conditioner button for normal heating. The indicator light onflow control dial. the button will go off. ( will ap- Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to the pear on the display, if so equipped.)Temperature control dial desired position and push the button to turn on the air conditioner. A/C will appear on the 2. Turn the air flow control dial to theThe temperature control dial allows you to adjust display when the air conditioner is operating. To position.the temperature of the outlet air. To lower the turn off the air conditioner, push the buttontemperature, turn the dial to the left. To raise the again, the display will show A/C OFF. 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-temperature, turn the dial to the right. tion. The air conditioner cooling function oper- Air recirculation button ates only when the engine is running. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- sired position between the middle and theON position: Rear window defroster switch (if so hot position.Push the button to recirculate air inside equipped)the vehicle. Ventilation For more information about the rear window de- froster switch, see “Rear window defroster This mode directs outside air to the side andPush the button to the on position when: switch” in the “Instruments and controls” section center ventilators. ● driving on a dusty road. of this manual.4-14 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—tmchalpi ੭
  • 171. 1. Push the button to the OFF position. not come on and A/C will not appear on the Heating and defogging The indicator light on the button will display, if so equipped) if the outside tem- go off. ( will appear on the display, if so perature is more than 36°F (2°C). If in de- This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind- equipped.) frost mode for more than one minute, the air shield. conditioning system will continue to operate 1. Turn the air flow control dial to the 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or position. position. the vehicle is shut off, even if the air flow 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- control dial is turned to a position other than 2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- tion. the position. This dehumidifies the air tion. which helps defog the windshield. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- The mode automatically turns off, al- 3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- sired position. lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas- sired position between the middle and the senger compartment to further improve the hot position.Defrosting or defogging defogging performance. ● When the position is selected, the airThis mode directs the air to the defrost outlets todefrost/defog the windows. Bi-level heating conditioner automatically turns on (however, the indicator light on the button will 1. Turn the air flow control dial to the The bi-level mode directs warmed air to the side not come on and A/C will not appear on the position. and center vents and to the front and rear floor display, if so equipped) if the outside tem- outlets. perature is more than 36°F (2°C). If in de- 2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- tion. 1. Push the button to the OFF position. frost mode for more than one minute, the air The indicator light on the button will conditioning system will continue to operate 3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- go off. ( will appear on the display, if so until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or sired position between the middle and the equipped.) the vehicle is shut off, even if the air flow hot position. 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the control dial is turned to a position other than ● To quickly remove ice or fog from the windows, position. the position. This dehumidifies the air turn the fan control dial to 4 and the tempera- which helps defog the windshield. ture control lever to the full HOT position. 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- The mode automatically turns off, al- tion. lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas- ● When the position is selected, the air conditioner automatically turns on (however, 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- senger compartment to further improve the the indicator light on the button will sired position. defogging performance. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-15 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 172. Operating tips ● For quick cooling when the outside tem- 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- perature is high, push the button to sired position.Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades the ON position. The indicator light onand air inlet in front of the windshield. This the button will come on. ( will Operating tipsimproves heater operation. appear on the display, if so equipped.) Be ● Keep the windows and sunroof (if so sure to return the to the OFF position equipped) closed while the air conditioner isAIR CONDITIONER OPERATION for normal cooling The indicator light on in operation.Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to the the button will go off. ( will ap- pear on the display, if so equipped.) You may ● After parking in the sun, drive for 2 or 3desired position, and push in the button to also select MAX A/C for quick cooling. minutes with the windows open to vent hotactivate the air conditioner. When the air condi- air from the passenger compartment. Then,tioner is on, cooling and dehumidifying functions Dehumidified heating close the windows. This allows the air con-are added to the heater operation. ditioner to cool the interior more quickly. This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air.The air conditioner cooling function oper- ● The air conditioning system should beates only when the engine is running. 1. Push the button to the OFF position. operated for approximately 10 minutes The indicator light on the button will at least once a month. This helps pre-Cooling go off. ( will appear on the display, if so vent damage to the system due to lack equipped.)This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air. of lubrication. 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the 1. Push the button to the OFF position. ● If the engine coolant temperature position. gauge indicates engine coolant tem- 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- perature over the normal range, turn position. tion. the air conditioner off. See “If your 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- vehicle overheats” in the “In case of 4. Push the button on. The indicator emergency” section of this manual. tion. light on the button will come on. (A/C will appear on the display, if so equipped.) 4. Push the button. The indicator light The air conditioning system will continue to on the button will come on. (A/C will operate until the fan control dial is turned to appear on the display, if so equipped.) OFF or the vehicle is shut off, even if the air 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- flow control dial is turned to a position other sired position. than the position.4-16 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 173. AIRFLOW CHARTSThe following charts show the button and dialpositions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating,cooling or defrosting. For additional informationon heating and cooling see “Heater and air con-ditioner later in this section”. The air recircula-tion ( ) button should always be in theOFF position for heating and defrosting. WHA0536 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-17 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 174. WHA0537 WHA05384-18 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 175. WHA0539 WHA0540 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-19 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 176. SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEMThe air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve- RADIO Reception conditions will constantly change be-hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with cause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,the environment in mind. Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position signal distance and interference from other ve- and press the PWR (power)/VOL (volume) knob hicles can work against ideal reception. De-This refrigerant does not harm the earth’s to turn the radio on. If you listen to the radio withozone layer. scribed below are some of the factors that can the engine not running, the key should be turned affect your radio reception.Special charging equipment and lubricant is re- to the ACC position.quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi- FM RADIO RECEPTION Radio reception is affected by station signaltioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricantswill cause severe damage to your air conditioner strength, distance from radio transmitter, build- Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 - 30system. See “Air conditioner system refrigerant ings, bridges, mountains and other external influ- miles (40 - 48 km), with monaural (single chan-and lubricant recommendations” in the “Techni- ences. Intermittent changes in reception quality nel) FM having slightly more range than stereocal and consumer information” section of this normally are caused by these external influences. FM. External influences may sometimes interferemanual. with FM station reception even if the FM station is Using a cellular phone in or near the ve- within 25 miles (40 km). The strength of the FMA NISSAN dealer is able to service your “environ- hicle may influence radio reception quality. signal is directly related to the distance betweenmentally friendly” air conditioning system. Radio reception the transmitter and receiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting many of the same WARNING Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with characteristics as light. For example they willThe air conditioner system contains re- state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra- reflect off objects.frigerant under high pressure. To avoid dio reception. These circuits are designed topersonal injury, any air conditioner ser- extend reception range, and to enhance the qual- Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away fromvice should be done only by an experi- ity of that reception. a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeenced technician with proper equipment. and/or drift. However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect Static and flutter: During signal interference from radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even buildings, large hills or due to antenna position when the finest equipment is used. These char- (usually in conjunction with increased distance acteristics are completely normal in a given re- from the station transmitter) static or flutter can ception area, and do not indicate any malfunction be heard. This can be reduced by adjusting the in your NISSAN radio system. treble control to reduce treble response.4-20 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 177. Multipath reception: Because of the reflective the vehicle outside of any metal or large buildingcharacteristics of FM signals, direct and reflected for satellite radio to receive all of the necessarysignals reach the receiver at the same time. The data.signals may cancel each other, resulting in mo- No satellite radio reception is available and “NOmentary flutter or loss of sound. SAT” is displayed when the SAT band option isAM RADIO RECEPTION selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XMா or SIRIUS™AM signals, because of their low frequency, can satellite radio service subscription is active.bend around objects and skip along the ground. Satellite radio performance may be affected ifIn addition, the signals can be bounced off the cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radioionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of signal.these characteristics, AM signals are also sub-ject to interference as they travel from transmitter If possible, do not put cargo over the satelliteto receiver. antenna.Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights. LHA0099SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION (if so AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONSequipped) Compact disc (CD) playerWhen the satellite radio is first installed or the ● Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12 cm)battery has been replaced, the satellite radio may round discs that have the “COMPACTnot work properly. This is not a malfunction. Wait disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discmore than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and or packaging. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-21 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 178. ● During cold weather or rainy days, the ● Do not use the following CDs as they player may malfunction due to the hu- may cause the CD player to malfunc- midity. If this occurs, remove the CD tion: and dehumidify or ventilate the player ● 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter completely. ● CDs that are not round ● The player may skip while driving on rough roads. ● CDs with a paper label ● The CD player sometimes cannot func- ● CDs that are warped, scratched, or tion when the compartment tempera- have abnormal edges ture is extremely high. Decrease the temperature before use. ● Do not expose the CD to direct sun- light. ● CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty, scratched or covered with finger- prints may not work properly. ● The following CDs may not work prop- erly: ● Copy control compact discs (CCCD) ● Recordable compact discs (CD-R) ● Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)4-22 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 179. 1. PRESET ABC button 2. Display 3. CD button 4. CD eject button 5. CD insert slot 6. MENU button 7. AUDIO button 8. Station select buttons 9. SEEK/TRACK button 10. PWR/VOL control knob 11. BAND select button FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (if so equipped) PWR/VOL control knob Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position, then push the PWR/VOL control knob. If you listen to the radio with the engine not running, turn the key to the ACC position. The mode (radio or CD) that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing. When no CD is loaded, the radio comes on. Pushing the PWR/VOL control knob again turns the system off. Turn the PWR/VOL control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume. LHA0117Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-23 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 180. times for BAL (balance). Once the audio level is FM-AM radio operation set the display will return back to radio or CD display mode after 7 seconds or the AUDIO FM-AM band select button can be pressed again within 7 seconds to Push the button to change from AM to FM set the next audio level. Pressing the AUDIO reception. button a fifth time will return the display back to radio or CD display mode. The FM stereo indicator, ST, illuminates during FM stereo reception. When the stereo broadcast Fader adjusts the sound level between the front signal is weak, the radio automatically changes and rear speakers, balance adjusts the sound from stereo to monaural reception. level between the right and left speakers. SEEK/manual/SCAN Clock set tuning 1. Press and hold the MENU button until it When the button is pushed while the radio beeps (longer than 2 seconds). is playing, tuning mode is cycled between: 2. The hours will start flashing. Press SEEK tuning → manual tuning → SCAN mode SEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjust the hours. “TUNE” and “SCAN” are shown in the display for each mode. No icon is displayed for SEEK mode. 3. Press the MENU button until the radio beeps to switch to the minute adjustment. WARNING 4. The minutes will start flashing. Press The radio should not be tuned while driv- LHA0118 SEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjust the min- ing so full attention may be given to ve-Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance utes. hicle operation.To adjust the audio levels for bass, treble, fader, 5. Press the MENU button again to exit the SEEK tuningand balance, push the AUDIO button and adjust clock set mode. Push the SEEK/TRACK tuning button (the level with the SEEK/TRACK button. Press the The display will return to the regular clock display or ) for less than 1.5 seconds. SEEK tuningAUDIO button once for BASS (bass), twice for after 7 seconds, or you may press the MENU begins from low to high frequencies or high toTREB (treble), 3 times for FAD (fader) and 4 button again to return to the regular clock display. low frequencies, depending on which button is4-24 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 181. pressed, and stops at the next broadcasting sta- Press the PRESET ABC button to change be-tion. If using the button, once the highest tween the presets:broadcasting station is reached, the radio contin-ues in the SEEK mode at the lowest broadcasting A→B→Cstation. If using the button, once the lowest The radio displays icon A, B or C to indicatebroadcasting station is reached, the radio contin- which set of presets is active.ues in the SEEK mode at the highest broadcast-ing station. To store a radio station in a preset:Manual tuning 1. Select the desired preset by pressing PRE- SET ABC.Use the and buttons for manualtuning. To move quickly through the channels, 2. Tune to the desired station.hold either of the tuning buttons down. 3. Press the desired station select button forSCAN tuning more than 3 seconds. For example, in the illustrations, ch2 is to be memorized. ThePush and hold the SEEK/TRACK tuning button radio mutes when the select button is( or ) for more than 1.5 seconds. pushed.SCAN illuminates in the display window, and the 4. When the indicator illuminates in the displayradio station blinks. SCAN tuning begins from and the sound resumes, memorizing is com-low to high frequencies or high to low frequen- plete.cies, depending on which button is pressed.SCAN tuning stops at each broadcasting station 5. Other station select buttons can be set infor 5 seconds. When scanning, SCAN is solid the same manner. LHA0119and the radio station blinks. When temporarily Station memory operations If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the radiostopped on a station, SCAN blinks and the sta- fuse opens, the radio memory is canceled. In thattion display is solid. Pushing the button again Each preset mode (A, B or C) has 6 presets, case, reset the desired stations.during this 5 second period stops SCAN tuning capable of storing any combination of AM and FMand the radio remains tuned to that station. Compact disc (CD) player operation stations. Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position, and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-25 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 182. with the label side up. The compact disc is auto- When the button is pushed and released, the Blank (no symbol): All selections are playedmatically pulled into the slot and starts to play. selection being played returns to the beginning. repeatedly in sequence. Push the button several times to skip back When a new compact disc is inserted, theIf the radio is already operating, it automatically several selections. Each time the button is play pattern automatically changes to ALL.turns off and the compact disc begins to play. pushed, the CD moves back 1 selection. CD EJECT button CAUTION If the play pattern is in MIX mode when theDo not force a compact disc into the CD or button is pushed the next selection will be When the button is pushed with a com-insert slot. This could damage the CD chosen at random. pact disc loaded, the compact disc ejects.and/or CD changer/player. FF (Fast Forward)/REV (Reverse) When the button is pushed while the com- CD button When the or button is pushed and held pact disc is playing, the compact disc ejects and the system turns off. while the compact disc is playing, the compactWhen the CD button is pushed with a compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast for- DISC indicator lightdisc loaded and the radio playing, the radio turns warding or rewinding. When the button is re-off and the compact disc starts to play. leased, the compact disc returns to normal play This light comes on when a compact disc speed. is loaded into the player. Track up/down, FF/REV (rewind) buttons MENUTrack up/down When the button is pushed while the com-When the button is pushed and released pact disc is playing, the play pattern changes aswhile the compact disc is playing, the selection follows:following the present one starts to play from the RPT: The current selection is repeated.beginning. Push the button several times toskip several selections. Each time the button is MIX: Selections are played at random, not fol-pushed, the CD advances 1 additional selection. lowing the sequence on the compact disc. TheThe number appears in the display window. same program may be repeated twice. If the(When the last selection on the compact disc is button is pushed in the MIX mode, selections willskipped, the first selection is played.) be chosen at random.4-26 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 183. 11. LOAD button 12. CD insert slot 13. CD eject button 14. POWER/VOLUME control knob 15. Station and CD select buttons (1 - 6) 16. Tuning and AUDIO control knob (BASS, MID, TREBLE, FADE and BAL- ANCE) *No satellite radio reception is available and “NO SAT” is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in- stalled (retrofit unavailable without fac- tory satellite radio pre-wiring), and an XMா or SIRIUS™ satellite radio service subscription is active. LHA0406 Type A1. SEEK/TRACK change button 6. CD play button2. TUNE/REW/FF button 7. FM band select button3. PAUSE/MUTE button 8. AM band select button4. PROG/RPT button 9. SAT (satellite) radio select button*5. PRESET A-B-C select button 10. AUX button Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-27 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 184. 11. LOAD button 12. CD insert slot 13. CD eject button 14. POWER/VOLUME control knob 15. Station and CD select buttons (1 - 6) 16. Tuning and AUDIO control knob (BASS, MID, TREBLE, FADE and BAL- ANCE) *No satellite radio reception is available and “NO SAT” is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in- stalled (retrofit unavailable without fac- tory satellite radio pre-wiring), and an XMா or SIRIUS™ satellite radio service subscription is active. LHA0384 Type B1. SEEK/TRACK change button 6. CD play button2. TUNE/REW/FF button 7. RADIO button*3. PAUSE/MUTE button 8. AUX button4. PROG/RPT button 9. REAR AV button5. PRESET A-B-C select button 10. speaker control button4-28 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 185. 11. SAT (satellite) radio select button* 12. AUX button 13. LOAD button 14. CD insert slot 15. CD eject button 16. POWER/VOLUME control knob 17. Station and CD select buttons (1 - 6) 18. Tuning and AUDIO control knob (BASS, MID, TREBLE, FADE and BAL- ANCE) *No satellite radio reception is available and “NO SAT” is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in- stalled (retrofit unavailable without fac- tory satellite radio pre-wiring), and an XMா or SIRIUS™ satellite radio service subscription is active. LHA0404 Type C1. SEEK/TRACK change button 6. H/M button (clock set buttons)2. TUNE/REW/FF button 7. PRESET A-B-C select button3. Display 8. CD play button4. PAUSE/MUTE button 9. FM band select button5. PROG/RPT button 10. AM band select button Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-29 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 186. 11. speaker control button 12. REAR AV button 13. LOAD button 14. CD insert slot 15. CD eject button 16. POWER/VOLUME control knob 17. Station and CD select buttons (1 - 6) 18. Tuning and AUDIO control knob (BASS, MID, TREBLE, FADE and BAL- ANCE) *No satellite radio reception is available and “NO SAT” is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in- stalled (retrofit unavailable without fac- tory satellite radio pre-wiring), and an XMா or SIRIUS™ satellite radio service subscription is active. LHA0385 FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH Type D COMPACT DISC (CD) CHANGER1. SEEK/TRACK change button 6. H/M button (clock set buttons) (Type A, B, C and D) (if so equipped)2. TUNE/REW/FF button 7. PRESET A-B-C select button3. Display 8. CD play button No satellite radio reception is available and “NO4. PAUSE/MUTE button 9. RADIO button* SAT” is displayed when the SAT or RADIO button is pressed to select satellite radio stations unless5. PROG/RPT button 10. AUX button optional satellite receiver and antenna are in-4-30 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 187. stalled (retrofit unavailable without factory satel- knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired Track number ←→ Track title ←→ Disc title ←→lite radio pre-wiring), and an XMா or SIRIUS™ level. You can also use the Tuning knob to adjust Track numbersatellite radio service subscription is active. Fader and Balance modes. Fader adjusts the Display satellite radio text (if so equipped): sound level between the front and rear speakersAudio main operation and Balance adjusts the sound between the right To change the text displayed while listening toPOWER/VOLUME control: and left speakers. satellite radio, press the AUDIO knob until “Dis- play Mode” appears.Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and then To change the SSV mode to OFF, LOW, MID orpush the POWER/VOLUME control knob while HIGH, turn the Tuning knob to the right or left. Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds. The textthe system is off to call up the mode (radio or CD) will change as follows:which was playing immediately before the system Once you have adjusted the sound quality to thewas turned off. desired level, press the AUDIO knob repeatedly Channel number ←→ Channel name ←→ Artist until the radio or CD display reappears. Other- ←→ Title ←→ Channel numberTo turn the system off, press the wise, the radio or CD display will automaticallyPOWER/VOLUME control knob. Pause/mute button: reappear after about 10 seconds.Turn the POWER/VOLUME control knob to ad- To mute or pause the audio sound, push the Clock set (type C and D only) PAUSE/MUTE button.just the volume. 1. Press and hold the H button to advance To release the mute or pause, push the buttonThis vehicle has speed sensitive control volume hours.(SSV) for audio. The audio volume changes as again.the driving speed changes. 2. Press and hold the M button to advance minutes. FM/AM/SAT radio operationAUDIO knob (BASS, MIDRANGE, TREBLE, FM/AM/SAT band select (type A and CFADE, BALANCE and SSV if so equipped): For setting the clock on type A and B audio only): systems see “Adjusting the time” on page 4-10.Press the AUDIO knob to change the mode as Pushing the FM, AM or SAT radio select buttonfollows: Display CD text: will change the band to either FM, AM or SATBASS → MID → TREBLE → FADE → BALANCE To change the text displayed while playing a CD, (satellite-if so equipped) radio stations.→ SSV (if so equipped) press the AUDIO knob until “Display Mode” ap- When the FM, AM or SAT radio select button is pears.To adjust Bass, Mid (Midrange), Treble, Fade and pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC orBalance, press the AUDIO knob until the desired Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds. The text ON, the radio will come on at the station lastmode appears in the display. Turn the Tuning will change as follows: played. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-31 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 188. The last station played will also come on when The last station played will also come on when To move quickly through the channels, hold eitherthe Power/Volume control knob is depressed to the POWER/VOLUME control knob is de- the or button down for more thanON. pressed to ON. 1.5 seconds.No satellite radio reception is available and “NO No satellite radio reception is available and “NO SEEK tuning:SAT” is displayed when the SAT button is SAT” is displayed when the RADIO button ispressed unless optional satellite receiver and pressed to access satellite radio stations unless Push the SEEK/TRACK button ( or )antenna are installed (retrofit unavailable without optional satellite receiver and antenna are in- for less than 1.5 seconds to tune from high to lowfactory satellite radio pre-wiring), and an XMா or stalled (retrofit unavailable without factory satel- or low to high frequencies and stop at the nextSIRIUS™ satellite radio service subscription is lite radio pre-wiring), and an XMா or SIRIUS™ broadcasting station.active. satellite radio service subscription is active. SCAN tuning:If a compact disc is playing when the FM, AM or If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO Push the or button for more thanSAT radio select button is pushed, the compact button is pushed, the compact disc will automati- 1.5 seconds to stop at each broadcasting stationdisc will automatically be turned off and the last cally be turned off and the last radio station for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again duringradio station played will come on. played will come on. this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning andThe FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM the radio will remain tuned to that station. Ifstereo reception. When the stereo broadcast stereo reception. When the stereo broadcast the or button is not pushed within 5signal is weak, the radio will automatically change signal is weak, the radio will automatically change seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next station.from stereo to monaural reception. from stereo to monaural reception. Station memory operations:FM/AM/SAT band select (type B and D TUNE (Tuning): 18 stations can be set for the FM, AM and SATonly): (Satellite-if so equipped) radio to the A, B and C WARNING preset button in any combination of FM, AM orPushing the RADIO button will change the bandas follows: The radio should not be tuned while driv- SAT stations. ing so full attention may be given to ve-AM ←→ FM or SAT (Satellite) 1. Choose preset channel A, B or C using the hicle operation. preset select button.When the RADIO button is pushed while the To manually tune the radio, push the TUNE button 2. Select the desired FM, AM or SAT stationignition switch is in the ACC or ON position, the ( or ) or turn the tuning knob to right band.radio will come on at the station last played. or left.4-32 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 189. 3. Tune to the desired station using manual, If the station broadcasts RDS information, the SEEK or SCAN tuning. Push and hold any of RDS icon is displayed. the desired station memory buttons (1 - 6) Program type (PTY): until a beep sound is heard. PTY can be used to search for a certain program 4. The channel indicator will then come on and type. Certain areas have a limited number of the sound will resume. Memorizing is now stations that transmit RDS. Many stations trans- complete. mit call letters and frequencies only. 5. Other buttons can be set in the same man- Searching or scanning by program type may yield ner. a limited number of selections.If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse When PROG/RPT button is pressed for moreblows, the radio memory will be canceled. In that than 1.5 seconds during FM or SAT (if socase, reset the desired stations. equipped) mode, the PTY name of the currentRadio data system (RDS): tuned station is displayed. During this time if the PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable,RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a data the display will show NONE.information service transmitted by some radiostations on the FM band (not AM band) and/or To change the PTY:SAT radio encoded within a regular radio broad- 1. Press the PROG/RPT button.cast. Currently, most RDS stations are in largecities, but many stations are now consideringbroadcasting RDS data.RDS can display: LHA0275 ● Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”. 2. Press the TUNE button ( or ) to chose a specific program type. Refer to the ● Station name, such as “The Groove”. illustration. ● Music or programming type such as “Clas- The display will show “SEEK, SCAN?” sical”, “Country”, or “Rock”. ● Traffic reports about delays or construction. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-33 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 190. SEEK tuning: Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position When the CD button is pushed with the compact and insert the compact disc into the slot with the disc loaded with the radio playing, the radio will 3. After selecting a program type, push the label side facing up. The compact disc will be automatically be turned off and the compact disc SEEK button ( or ) for less than guided automatically into the slot and start play- will start to play. 1.5 seconds within 10 seconds. Tuning to ing. To insert the disc, first push the LOAD button. the PTY station will start. If you do not push REW (Rewind), FF (Fast the SEEK button within the 10 second pe- If the radio is already operating, it will automati- Forward): riod, the PTY mode will be canceled. cally turn off and the compact disc will play. When the (rewind) or (fast forward)SCAN tuning: If the system has been turned off while the com- button is pushed while a compact disc is playing, pact disc was playing, pushing the the compact disc will play while rewinding or fast 4. Push the or button for more forwarding . When the button is released, the POWER/VOLUME control knob will start the than 1.5 seconds to scan the PTY name compact disc will return to normal play speed. compact disc. stations and stop at each broadcasting sta- tion for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again LOAD button: When the CD button is pushed with the system during this 5 second period will stop SCAN off and the compact disc loaded, the system will To insert a CD in the CD changer, push the LOAD turn on and the compact disc will start to play. tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that button for less than 1.5 seconds. Select the station. If the or button is not When the CD button is pushed with the compact loading slot by pushing the CD insert select pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning disc loaded with the tape or the radio playing, the button (1 - 6), then insert the CD. tape or radio will automatically be turned off and moves to the next station. To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, push the the compact disc will start to play.Compact disc (CD) changer operation LOAD button for more than 1.5 seconds. SEEK/TRACK: CAUTION The slot numbers (1 - 6) will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer. When the button is pushed for less than 1.5● Do not force a compact disc into the CD seconds while a compact disc is playing, the insert slot. This could damage the CD CD button: track being played returns to its beginning. Push and/or CD changer/player. several times to skip back through tracks. The When the CD button is pushed with the system● Trying to load a CD with the CD door compact disc will go back the number of times off and the compact disc loaded, the system will closed could damage the CD and/or CD the button is pushed. turn on and the compact disc will start to play. changer. When the button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the compact disc is playing, the4-34 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 191. next track will start to play from its beginning. 1 DISC RDM: Tracks from the disc that is cur- CD EJECT:Push several times to skip through tracks. The rently playing will be played randomly Current disc:compact disc will advance the number of times REAR AV (type B and D only):the button is pushed. (When the last track on the ● Press the slot number (1 - 6) for the desiredcompact disc is skipped through, the first track Pushing the REAR AV button for less than 1.5 disc, then press the button. The com-will be played.) seconds turns the rear seat audio controller on. pact disc will be ejected. If the disc is not REAR CONT ON will display. Pushing it again removed within 15 seconds, the disc willWhen pushing the or button for more will turn the rear seat audio controller off. REAR reload (except 3.1 in [8 cm] diameter com-than 1.5 seconds, each track will play for about CONT OFF will display. If the vehicle is not pact discs).10 seconds. To stop playing, push equipped with a rear seat audio controller, thethe button again. All discs: display will show “REAR AV N/A”. ● Press and hold the button for moreCD select buttons: If a DVD is loaded in the DVD entertainment than 1.5 seconds. The compact discs will be system (if so equipped), pushing the REAR AVTo play another CD that has been loaded, push a ejected one by one. If a disc is not removed button for more than 1.5 seconds will turn theCD select button (1 - 6). within 15 seconds, or the button is DVD player on. pressed again during the eject sequence,REPEAT (RPT): When the REAR AV button is pushed for more the entire disc eject sequence will be can-When the PROG/RPT play button is pushed than 1.5 seconds with a DVD loaded and another celed.while the compact disc is played, the play pattern audio source playing, the other source will auto- When this button is pushed while the compactcan be changed as follows: matically be turned off and the DVD will start to disc is being played, the compact disc will eject play.ALL DISC RPT → 1 DISC RPT→ 1 TRACK RPT and the last source will be played.→ ALL DISC RDM → 1 DISC RDM → ALL DISC (SPEAKER CONTROL) button CD IN indicator:RPT (type B and D only): The slot numbers (1 - 6) will illuminate if CDsALL DISC RPT: All discs loaded will be repeated. Push this button to turn the rear speakers off and have been loaded into the changer.1 DISC RPT: The disc that is currently playing will headphones on. Push this button again to turnbe repeated. rear seat speakers back on and headphones off.1 TRACK RPT: The track that is currently playingwill be repeatedALL DISC RDM: Tracks from all discs will beplayed randomly Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-35 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 192. ● A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges. Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated. LHA0438 LHA0049AUX jack (if so equipped) CD CARE AND CLEANINGThe AUX jack ᭺ is located below the air condi- 1 ● Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend thetioner controls. The AUX audio input jack accepts disc. Never touch the surface of the disc.any standard analog audio input such as from aportable cassette tape player, MP3 player or ● Always place the discs in the storage caselaptop computers. when they are not being used.Press the AUX button to play a compatible device ● To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thewhen it is plugged into the AUX jack. center to the outer edge using a clean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion. ● Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use.4-36 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 193. MODE select switch When playing a CD in the CD changer (if so equipped), push the tuning switch ( Push the mode select switch to change the mode or ) for more than 1.5 seconds to change in the following sequence: PRESET A, PRESET between discs when multiple CDs are loaded. B, PRESET C, CD and DVD (if so equipped). Memory change (radio): Volume control switch Push the tuning switch or for less Push the volume control switch up or down to than 1.5 seconds to change to the next preset increase or decrease the volume. station in memory. Seek tuning (radio): Tuning Push the tuning switch or for more Memory change (radio): than 1.5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station. Push the tuning switch ( or ) for less LHA0269 than 1.5 seconds to change the radio frequency. Next/Previous track (CD):1. Volume control switch Seek tuning (radio): Push the tuning switch or for less2. MODE select switch than 1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of the3. POWER on/off switch Push the tuning switch ( or ) for present track or skip to the next track. Push4. Tuning switch more than 1.5 seconds to seek the next or previ- several times to skip back or skip through tracks. ous radio station.STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR This system searches for the blank intervals be-AUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped) FF, REW: tween selections. If there is a blank interval within Push the tuning switch ( or ) for less 1 program or there is no interval between pro-The audio system can be operated using the grams, the system may not stop in the desired orcontrols on the steering wheel. 1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of the expected location. present program or skip to the next program.POWER on/off switch Push several times to skip back or skip through Change disc (CD) (if so equipped):With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON programs. Push the tuning switch or for moreposition, push the POWER switch to turn the To stop the FF or REW function, press the than 1.5 seconds to change the playing disc upaudio system on or off. or button for less than 1.5 seconds again. or down. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-37 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 194. REAR AUDIO CONTROLS (if so equipped) Push the REAR AV button on the front radio control panel to turn the rear controls on. Push the button again to turn rear controls off. The headphones symbol illuminates on the front display when the rear audio controls are on. Two headphone jacks are provided so two rear seat passengers may listen to the audio system pri- vately. The rear volume controls can only increase the volume to the level at which the front radio volume control is set. One or two infrared headphones are included if the vehicle is equipped with the DVD entertain- ment system. Most portable radio headphones work with the rear audio controls. For vehicles equipped with the FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc player, if the rear passengers LHA0322 turn off the rear speakers and are using head-1. VOL (volume) control button 7. Infrared headphone transmitter lens* phones they may choose to listen to a different media than the front passengers. The rear pas-2. MODE select button sengers can listen to the radio while the front3. speaker control button *Red transmitters will be visible when passengers can listen to the same thing, a CD or4. NEXT button infrared headphones are on. SAT radio (if so equipped).5. SEEK button6. Headphone jacks4-38 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 195. NISSAN MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (MES) (if so equipped)VOL (volume) button: The NEXT button does not function while in SAT radio mode or when playing a DVD or CD.The VOL button allows the rear passengers toadjust the headphone volume level. ANTENNA (SPEAKER CONTROL) button: The antenna cannot be shortened, but can be removed. When you need to remove the antenna,Push this button to turn the rear speakers off and turn the antenna rod counterclockwise.headphones on. Push this button again to turn To install the antenna rod, turn the antenna clock-rear seat speakers back on and headphones off. wise. Tighten the antenna rod to specificationMODE button: using a suitable tool such as an open-end wrench. The antenna rod tightening specificationThe MODE button allows the rear passengers to is 3.4 - 3.6 N·m (30 - 32 in-lb). Do not use plierschange between AM, FM, CD, DVD and AUX. to tighten the antenna as they can leave marks onThe media options are listed on the face plate of the antenna surface. The antenna rod cannot be LHA0389the rear audio controls. When a source of media hand tightened to the proper specification.is selected, the media label will be illuminated. WARNING CAUTIONSEEK button: ● The Mobile Entertainment System is Always properly tighten the antenna rod designed for rear seat passenger view-In AM or FM mode the SEEK button allows the during installation or the antenna rod may ing only.rear seat passengers to find the next radio station break during vehicle operation.up or down the station band frequency. ● The driver must not attempt to operate the Mobile Entertainment System whileIn CD mode the SEEK button allows the rear the vehicle is in motion so that full at-passengers to find the next or previous selection tention may be given to vehicleon the CD. operation.NEXT button:When the NEXT button is pushed while in AM orFM mode, the radio will change to the next preset. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-39 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 196. CAUTION● The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object. If the glass breaks, do not touch the liquid crystalline material, which contains a small amount of mer- cury. In case of contact with skin, wash immediately with soap and water.● Use a damp, soft cloth when cleaning the Mobile Entertainment System com- ponents. Do not use solvents or clean- ing solutions.● Do not attempt to use the system in LHA0316 extreme temperature conditions [below -4°F (-20°C) or above 158°F (70°C)]. 1. EJECT button DIGITAL VIDEO DISC (DVD) PLAYER 2. DVD slot CONTROLS● To avoid draining the vehicle battery, do 3. ENTER button not operate the system more than 15 minutes without starting the engine. 4. POWER on/off button 5. MODE button 6. Input jacks 7. STOP button 8. PLAY/PAUSE button 9. MENU button 10. DISPLAY button 11. NAVIGATION keys4-40 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 197. 6. DISPLAY button 7. MODE button 8. SUBTITLE button 9. AUDIO button 10. ANGLE button 11. CLEAR button 12. PAUSE button 13. PLAY button 14. FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE button 15. MENU button 16. NAVIGATION keys 17. BACK button LHA0315 18. NUMERIC KEYPAD REMOTE CONTROL FLIP-DOWN SCREEN The flip-down screen has a wireless remote con- trol receiver ᭺ located at the bottom of the 1 screen. CAUTION LHA0317 ● The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or1. POWER button sharp object. If the glass breaks, do not2. STOP button touch the liquid crystalline material,3. NEXT TRACK/CHAPTER and PREVI- which contains a small amount of mer- OUS TRACK/CHAPTER button cury. In case of contact with skin, wash4. TITLE button immediately with soap and water.5. ENTER button Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-41 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 198. ● The screen rotates down to view and up into the housing to store when not in use. Ensure that the screen is latched securely into the housing when stored. SAA0720 SAA0721 Headphones NOTE: Power ON/OFF: For optimum infrared headphone perfor- mance, increase the volume on the rear Push the power button to turn the headphones seat controller to the maximum level and on or off. adjust the infrared headphone volume us- ing the volume control on the headphones. Volume control: Using a lower volume setting on the rear Turn the volume control knob to adjust the vol- seat controller can cause static noise in the ume. infrared headphones. The headphones will automatically be turned off in 30 seconds if there is no sound during that period. To prevent the battery from being dis- charged, keep the power suppy turned off when not in use.4-42 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 199. PLAYING A DIGITAL VIDEO DISC Pushing the button on the front controls on the faceplate, Red = right channel audio input,(DVD) turns the rear speakers on and off. White = left channel audio input, and Yellow = Video input). It is possible to operate the DVD player by remote CAUTION control. The display will show the “AUX” in the upper left● Only operate the DVD while the vehicle corner of the display for 4 seconds once the Headphones are a wireless type and no cables engine is running. Operating the DVD Mode is changed to AUX. are necessary. You can use them in almost all the for extended periods of time with the ranges in the rear seat. (It is not possible to use To use the input jacks, refer to “Auxiliary input engine OFF can discharge the vehicle the headphones in the front seat.) jacks” in this section. battery. POWER on/off button: or PLAY:● Do not allow the system to get wet. Excessive moisture such as spilled liq- With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON uids may cause the system to When the PLAY/PAUSE button on the player or position, push the POWER button to turn the malfunction. the PLAY button on the remote control is pushed, DVD player on or off. the player will play.● The driver must not attempt to wear the Insert the DVD into the slot with the label side headphones while the vehicle is in mo- In play mode, the display will briefly show facing up. The DVD will be guided automatically tion so that full attention may be given on the upper left corner of the display. into the slot. to vehicle operation. FF (Fast Forward), REW If the DVD player is off and a DVD is inserted, the● While playing video CD media, this DVD (Remote control only): DVD player will automatically turn on. player does not guarantee complete functionality of all video CD formats. Push FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE but- CAUTION tons to carry out the fast forward or fast reverseWith the DVD player, you can hear DVD videos, Do not force the compact disc into the presentation at 5 times normal play speed.video CDs and CDs using headphones. Passen- slot. This could damage the player. Push FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE but-gers in the rear seat can enjoy the sound inde- tons again or PLAY button to resume the normalpendently of the front seat. MODE select button: play speed.Press the REAR AV button located on the front Push the Mode button to select Audio/Videocontrols for more than 1.5 seconds to hear the source between DVD and AUX input (input jackssound of the DVD player through the speakers. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-43 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 200. NEXT CHAPTER/ button is pushed again, it will resume at the ● Use NAVIGATION KEYS to navigate within PREVIOUS CHAPTER stored disc track and time position. the display menu, and use ENTER to select (Remote control only): the item. If the STOP button is pushed again when theWhen the (NEXT CHAPTER) button is player is already in Stop mode, it will reinitialize ● Holding the DISPLAY control on the face-pushed while the DVD is being played, the pro- the pointer to the beginning of the disc. In effect it plate for longer than approximately 2 sec-gram next to the present one will start to play from will ignore the last stored disc position and upon onds while in the display menu will reset theits beginning. Push several times to skip through receipt of the next play message it will begin at display characteristics to their nominal val-programs. The DVD will advance the number of the Title Menu, or at “the beginning of the disc”. ues. (Faceplate feature only)times the button is pushed. When EJECT: If the DISPLAY control button on the faceplate isthe (PREVIOUS CHAPTER) button is pushed for more than 2 seconds, the mediapushed, the program being played returns to its When the EJECT button is pushed with the DVD track/time information will be displayed along thebeginning. Push several times to skip back loaded, it will be ejected. bottom of the display. Pushing the DISPLAY con-through programs. The DVD will go back the The display will show the EJECT symbol in trol for more than 2 seconds will remove thenumber of times the button is pushed. the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds media track/time information from the display. or PAUSE: once the EJECT button is pushed. (Faceplate feature only) If the DVD is not loaded, the display will show NAVIGATION KEYS:When the PLAY/PAUSE button on the player or “NO DISC”.the PAUSE button on the remote control is If media is in PLAY mode, activation of the NAVI-pushed, the player will pause playing of the me- If the DVD comes out and is not removed within GATION KEYS (Up, Down, Left, and Right) willdia. In pause mode, the player will show on 25 seconds, it will be pulled back into the slot to perform the following functions: nextthe upper left corner of the display until the player protect it. chapter/track, previous chapter/track, fast re-is changed to another mode. verse and fast forward, and the display will DISPLAY: show , , and respec- STOP: If the DISPLAY control is pushed for less than 2 tively in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds, the display menu will appear on the seconds. (Faceplate feature only)Push the STOP button once to stop playing the screen. If media is in PAUSE mode, activation of themedia. The display will show in the upper ● The display menu will remain on the screen NAVIGATION KEYS (Up, Down and Right) willleft corner of the display for 4 seconds, and the for 10 seconds if no subsequent control perform the following functions: nextlast disc position will be stored. When the PLAY activations occur. chapter/track, previous chapter/track and slow4-44 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 201. forward, and the display will show , TITLE (Remote control only): CLEAR (Remote control only):and a forward arrow symbol respectively in the Push TITLE button to return the DVD media to the Push the CLEAR button to clear all numeric in-upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds. “title” of the DVD. puts, if actuated prior to expiration of the(Faceplate feature only) 3-second timer. Push TITLE button again to return to the previousIf media is in activated MENU mode, the NAVI- stop point and play. NUMERIC KEYPAD (0–9 & ≥10) (RemoteGATION KEYS will be used to navigate Up, control only):Down, Left, and Right within the menu. BACK (Remote control only): Push the NUMERIC KEYPAD to directly accessIf display control menu is on, the NAVIGATION Push the BACK button to exit the current active disc chapters, titles or tracks by inputting theirKEYS will be used to navigate Up, Down, Left, menu and return to the previous menu. numeric value.and Right within the menu. SUBTITLE (Remote control only): The “≥10” button input numbers greater than orENTER: Push the SUBTITLE button to call up subtitle equal to 10, allowing up three digits to be inputIn MENU mode, push the ENTER button to select selection menu. for selecting chapter/title/track number.MENU items. Repeatedly press the SUBTITLE button to cycle The subsequent actuation of numeric buttons willIn the display menu, push the ENTER button to through each available subtitle. continuously shift the previously input number toselect items for modification, as per the on- the “left”. AUDIO (Remote control only):screen instructions. The chapter/title/track number will be automati- Push the AUDIO button to call up audio menu.MENU: cally selected (if valid, based on media content) if Repeatedly press the AUDIO button to cycle 3 seconds expire without any keypad inputs.If the media is in PLAY mode and the MENU through each available audio track.button is pressed, the DVD menu will appear on The operator can cancel the inputthe screen. Use Navigation Keys to navigate ANGLE (Remote control only): chapter/title/track number by actuating thewithin the menu, and use ENTER to select the CLEAR control prior to the expiration of the Push the ANGLE button to call up camera angleitem. 3-second timer. menu.Push the MENU button again to return to PLAY These functions can be used only for the DVD Repeatedly press the ANGLE button to cyclemode. discs which correspond to them. through each available angle. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-45 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 202. Auxiliary input jacks ● Do not attempt to use the system inThe auxiliary input jacks are located on the control extreme temperature conditions [below -4°F (-20°C) or above 158°F (70°C)].panel. Compatible devices such as video gamescamcorders and portable video players can be ● Do not attempt to operate the system inconnected to the auxiliary jacks. extreme humidity conditions (less than 10% or more than 75%).The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica-tion purposes. ● Yellow - video input ● White - left channel audio input ● Red - right channel audio inputCARE AND MAINTENANCE LHA0049Use a lightly dampened, lint free cloth to clean the HOW TO HANDLE THE DVDsurfaces of your NISSAN mobile entertainmentsystem. (DVD player face, screen, remote con- CAUTIONtrol, etc.) ● Handle a DVD by its edges. Never touch CAUTION the surface of the disc.● Do not use any solvents or cleaning ● To clean a disc, wipe the surface from solutions when cleaning the video the center to the outer edge using a system. clean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion.● Do not use excessive force on the moni- tor screen. ● Do not use a conventional record cleaner, benzine, thinner or alcohol in-● Avoid touching or scratching the moni- tended for industrial use. tor screen as it may become dirty or damaged.4-46 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 203. ● A new disc may be rough on its inner ● DVD’s with a region code other than and outer edges. Remove the rough “1”. The region code᭺ is displayed in a A edges using the side of a pen or pencil small symbol printed on the top of the as illustrated. DVD ᭺ B● Never attempt to use a DVD that has ● DVD’s that are not round been cracked, deformed, or repaired ● DVD’s with a paper label using adhesive. Doing so may cause damage to the equipment. ● DVD’s that are warped, scratched, or have unequal edges● Handle the DVD carefully to avoid contami- nation or flaws. Otherwise, signals may not ● Recordable digital video discs (DVD-R) be read properly. ● Rewritable digital video discs (DVD-● Do not write, draw or attach anything on any RW) side of the DVD. If a DVD with a paper label is used and● Do not store the DVD in locations with direct becomes jammed you may be able to reset sunlight or in high temperatures or humidity. the unit and eject the jammed disc with the following procedure:● Always place discs in the storage case when they are not being used. 1. Record the radio presets● Do not put on any sticker or write anything 2. Disconnect the negative terminal from on either surface of the DVD. the battery for five minutes LHA0484 3. Reconnect the negative battery termi- nal DVD player operation precautions 4. Check to see if the jammed DVD has Do not use the following DVD’s as they may been ejected. If it has not, try to eject cause the DVD player to malfunction: the DVD by pushing the eject button. ● 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-47 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 204. 5. If the disc cannot be ejected see your Nissan dealer for further assistance 6. Re-program the radio presets LHA0318 SAA0723 Remote control and headphones bat- If the battery is removed for any reason tery replacement other than replacement close the lid se- curely. Replace the battery as follows: ● If you will not be using the remote control for 1. Open the lid. long periods of time, remove the batteries. 2. Replace batteries with new ones. ● Replacement of the batteries is needed when the remote control only functions at ● Size AA (remote control) extremely close distances to the DVD player ● Size AAA (headphones) or not at all. Make sure that the and ends on ● Be careful not to touch the battery terminal. the batteries match the markings inside the ● An improperly disposed battery can harm compartment. the environment. Always confirm local regu- 3. Close the lid securely. lations for battery disposal.4-48 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 205. CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO ● When changing batteries, do not let dust or When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone in ● Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in oil get on the remote control and head- your NISSAN, be sure to observe the following (20 cm) away from the electronic con- phones. cautions, otherwise the new equipment may ad- trol system harnesses. Do not route theFCC Notice: versely affect the engine control system and antenna wire next to any harness. other electronic parts.Changes or modifications not expressly ap- ● Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioproved by the manufacturer compliance as recommended by the manufacturer. WARNINGcould void the user’s authority to operate ● Connect the ground wire from the CBthe equipment. This device complies with ● A cellular telephone should not be used radio chassis to the body.Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of while driving so full attention may beIndustry Canada. Operation is subject to given to vehicle operation. Some juris- ● For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.the following two conditions: (1) This de- dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele-vice may not cause harmful interference, phones while driving.and (2) this device must accept any inter- ● If you must make a call while your ve-ference received, including interference hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-that may cause undesired operation of the lar phone operational mode (if sodevice. equipped) is highly recommended. Ex- ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. ● If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so. CAUTION ● Keep the antenna as far away as pos- sible from the electronic control modules. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-49 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—tmchalpi ੭
  • 206. MEMO4-50 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems
  • 207. 5 Starting and drivingPrecautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Using four wheel drive (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Transfer case shifting procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 On-pavement and off-road driving Electronic locking rear differential (E-Lock) system precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Low tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Active brake limited slip (ABLS) system Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS) . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) systemBefore starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Rear sonar system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Engine protection mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Anti-freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Special winter equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 208. PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING WARNING ● If you suspect that exhaust fumes are ● The exhaust system and body should be entering the vehicle, drive with all win- inspected by a qualified mechanic● Do not leave children or adults who dows fully open, and have the vehicle whenever: would normally require the assistance inspected immediately. of others alone in your vehicle. Pets a. The vehicle is raised for service. should also not be left alone. They ● Do not run the engine in closed spaces b. You suspect that exhaust fumes are could accidentally injure themselves or such as a garage. entering into the passenger others through inadvertent operation of ● Do not park the vehicle with the engine compartment. the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, running for any extended length of time. temperatures in a closed vehicle could c. You notice a change in the sound of quickly become high enough to cause ● Keep the back door and rear vent win- the exhaust system. severe or possibly fatal injuries to dows closed while driving, otherwise d. You have had an accident involving people or animals. exhaust gases could be drawn into the damage to the exhaust system, un- passenger compartment. If you must● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or derbody, or rear of the vehicle. drive with the back door or rear vent straps to help prevent it from sliding or windows open, follow these shifting. Do not place cargo higher than THREE-WAY CATALYST precautions: the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col- The three-way catalyst is an emission control lision, unsecured cargo could cause 1. Open all the windows. device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust personal injury. 2. Set the air recirculation but- gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at ton to off and the fan control dial to high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) high to circulate the air. WARNING ● If electrical wiring or other cable con- WARNING nections must pass to a trailer through ● The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-● Do not breathe exhaust gases; they the seal on the back door or the body, contain colorless and odorless carbon tem are very hot. Keep people, animals follow the manufacturer’s recommen- or flammable materials away from the monoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger- dation to prevent carbon monoxide en- ous. It can cause unconsciousness or exhaust system components. try into the vehicle. death.5-2 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 209. ● Do not stop or park the vehicle over ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING flammable materials such as dry grass, DRIVING PRECAUTIONS SYSTEM waste paper or rags. They may ignite Utility vehicles have a significantly higher This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres- and cause a fire. rollover rate than other types of vehicles. sure warning system. It monitors tire pressure of They have higher ground clearance than passen- all tires except the spare. When the tire pressure CAUTION ger cars to make them capable of performing in a monitoring system warning light it lit, one or more● Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits variety of on-pavement and off-road applications. of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If from leaded gasoline will seriously re- This gives them a higher center of gravity than equipped, the system also displays pressure of duce the three-way catalyst’s ability to ordinary cars. An advantage of higher ground all tires (except the spare tire) on the display help reduce exhaust pollutants. clearance is a better view of the road, allowing screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is● Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc- you to anticipate problems. However, they are not installed in each wheel. tions in the ignition, fuel injection, or designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two-wheel drive vehicles any more The low tire pressure warning system will activate electrical systems can cause overrich than low-slung sports cars are designed to per- only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above fuel flow into the three-way catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv- form satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If at 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, this system may not ing if the engine misfires, or if notice- all possible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds. As detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for ex- able loss of performance or other un- with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate ample a flat tire while driving). usual operating conditions are this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the detected. Have the vehicle inspected or vehicle rollover. In a rollover crash, an unbelted heat caused by the vehicle’s operation and the promptly by a NISSAN dealer. person is significantly more likely to die than a outside temperature. Low outside temperature person wearing a seat belt.● Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire level. Running out of fuel could cause Be sure to read the driving safety precautions which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure. the engine to misfire, damaging the later in this section. This may cause the low tire pressure warning three-way catalyst. light to illuminate.● Do not race the engine while warming it If the warning light illuminates in low ambient up. temperature as described above, check the tire● Do not push or tow your vehicle to start pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure the engine. to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown Starting and driving 5-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 210. on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn ● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol WARNINGthe low tire pressure warning light OFF. tire sealant into the tires, as this may ● If the low tire pressure warning light cause a malfunction of the tire pressureFrequently check the tire pressure information flashes while driving, avoid suddendisplay on the display screen (if so equipped) and sensors. steering maneuvers or abrupt braking,adjust pressure of each tire properly. (The order reduce vehicle speed, pull off the roadof the tire pressure figures displayed on the to a safe location and stop the vehicle CAUTIONscreen does not correspond with the actual order as soon as possible. Serious vehicle Do not place metalized film or any metalof the tire position.) See “Tire pressure informa- damage could occur and may lead to an parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. Thistion” in the “Display screen, heater, air condi- accident and could result in serious may cause poor reception of the signalstioner and audio systems” section for tire pres- personal injury. Check the tire pressure from the tire pressure sensors, and thesure monitor. If you select the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure low tire pressure warning system will notinformation in the display (if so equipped), the to the recommended COLD tire pres- function properly.FLAT TIRE warning message will be displayed. sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire FCC Notice:Low tire pressure warning pressure warning light OFF. If you have Changes or modifications not expressly ap- a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as proved by the manufacturer complianceIf the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure soon as possible. (See “Flat tire” in the(lower than 28 psi, 193 kPa), the low tire pres- could void the user’s authority to operate “In case of emergency” section for the equipment.sure warning light comes on and the chime changing a flat tire.)sounds for about 10 seconds. This device complies with Part 15 of the ● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel FCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryFor additional information regarding the above is replaced, tire pressure will not be Canada.warning, see “Warning/indicator lights and au- indicated and the low tire pressuredible reminders” in the “Instruments and con- warning system will not function. Con- Operation is subject to the following twotrols” section. tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as conditions: (1) This device may not cause possible for tire replacement and/or harmful interface, and (2) this device must system resetting. accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired op- eration of the device.5-4 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 211. AVOIDING COLLISION AND significantly more likely to be injured or ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco-ROLLOVER killed than a person properly wearing a hol, drugs, or some other physical condition. seat belt. DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND Your NISSAN is designed for both normal andFailure to operate this vehicle in a safe DRIVING off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep wa-and prudent manner may result in loss of ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed forcontrol or an accident. WARNING leisure use, unlike a conventional off-road ve-Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey Never drive under the influence of alcohol hicle.all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re- Remember that two-wheel drive models are lesshigh speed cornering, or sudden steering ma- duces coordination, delays reaction time capable than four-wheel drive models for roughneuvers, because these driving practices could and impairs judgement. Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood road driving and extrication when stuck in deepcause you to lose control of your vehicle. As with snow or mud, or the like.any vehicle, loss of control could result in a of being involved in an accident injuringcollision with other vehicles or objects, or yourself and others. Additionally, if you Please observe the following precautions:cause the vehicle to roll over, particularly if are injured in an accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the injury. WARNINGthe loss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times, and NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, ● Drive carefully when off the road andavoid driving when tired. Never drive when under you must choose not to drive under the influence avoid dangerous areas. Every personthe influence of alcohol or drugs (including pre- of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are who drives or rides in this vehiclescription or over-the-counter drugs which may injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Al- should be seated with their seat beltcause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt though the local laws vary on what is considered fastened. This will keep you and youras outlined in the “Safety – Seats, seat belts and to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol passengers in position when drivingsupplemental restraint system” section of this affects all people differently and most people over rough terrain.manual, and also instruct your passengers to do underestimate the effects of alcohol. ● Do not drive across steep slopes. In-so. stead drive either straight up or straight Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! AndSeat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli- down the slopes. Off-road vehicles can that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, pre-sions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an tip over sideways much more easily scription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if yourunbelted or improperly belted person is than they can forward or backward. Starting and driving 5-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 212. ● Many hills are too steep for any vehicle. ● To avoid raising the center of gravity ● Accelerating quickly, sharp steering If you drive up them, you may stall. If excessively, do not exceed the rated maneuvers or sudden braking may you drive down them, you may not be capacity of the roof rack (if so cause loss of control. able to control your speed. If you drive equipped) and evenly distribute the ● If at all possible, avoid sharp turning across them, you may roll over. load. Secure heavy loads in the cargo maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. area as far forward and as low as pos-● Do not shift gears while driving on Your NISSAN four-wheel drive vehicle sible. Do not equip the vehicle with tires downhill grades as this could cause has a higher center of gravity than a larger than specified in this manual. loss of control of the vehicle. two-wheel drive vehicle. The vehicle is This could cause your vehicle to roll not designed for cornering at the same● Stay alert when driving to the top of a over. speeds as conventional two-wheel hill. At the top there could be a drop-off ● Do not grip the inside or spokes of the drive vehicles. Failure to operate this or other hazard that could cause an steering wheel when driving off-road. vehicle correctly could result in loss of accident. The steering wheel could move sud- control and/or a rollover accident.● If your engine stalls or you cannot make denly and injure your hands. Instead ● Always use tires of the same type, size, it to the top of a steep hill, never at- drive with your fingers and thumbs on brand, construction (bias, bias-belted, tempt to turn around. Your vehicle the outside of the rim. or radial), and tread pattern on all four could tip or roll over. Always back ● Before operating the vehicle, ensure wheels. Install tire chains on the rear straight down in R (Reverse) gear and that the driver and all passengers have wheels when driving on slippery roads apply brakes to control your speed. their seat belts fastened. and drive carefully.● Heavy braking going down a hill could ● Lower your speed when encountering ● Be sure to check the brakes immedi- cause your brakes to overheat and fade, strong crosswinds. With a higher center ately after driving in mud or water. See resulting in loss of control and an acci- of gravity, your NISSAN is more af- “Brake system” later in this section for dent. Apply brakes lightly and use a low fected by strong side winds. Slower “Wet brakes”. gear to control your speed. speeds ensure better vehicle control. ● Avoid parking your vehicle on steep● Unsecured cargo can be thrown around ● Do not drive beyond the performance hills. If you get out of the vehicle and it when driving over rough terrain. Prop- capablity of the tires, even with 4WD rolls forward, backward or sideways, erly secure all cargo so it will not be engaged. you could be injured. thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers.5-6 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 213. IGNITION SWITCH● Whenever you drive off-road through To remove the key from the ignition switch: sand, mud or water as deep as the 1. Shift the selector lever to the P (Park) posi- wheel hub, more frequent maintenance tion with the key in the ON position. may be required. See “Periodic mainte- nance” in the “NISSAN Service and 2. Turn the key to the LOCK position. Maintenance Guide.” 3. Remove the key from the ignition. If the selector lever is shifted to the P (Park) position after the key is turned to the OFF posi- tion or when the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position, proceed as follows to remove the key. 1. Move the shift selector lever into the P (Park) position. WSD0041 2. Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION position. The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be 3. Turn the key to the LOCK position. turned to the LOCK position and removed until the shift selector lever is moved to the P (Park) 4. Remove the key. position. The shift selector lever is designed so it cannot When removing the key from the ignition, make moved out of P (Park) and into any of the other sure the shift selector lever is in the P (Park) gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFF position. position or if the key is removed from the switch. If the selector lever is not returned to P (Park) The shift selector lever can be moved if the position, the key cannot be moved to the LOCK ignition switch is in the ON position and the position. foot brake pedal is depressed. Starting and driving 5-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 214. There is an OFF position between the KEY POSITIONS NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERLOCK and ACC positions. The OFF position SYSTEM (NVIS)is indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder. LOCK: Normal parking position (0)When the ignition is in the OFF position, OFF: (Not used) (1) The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS)the steering wheel is not locked. will not allow the engine to start without the use of ACC: (Accessories) (2) the registered NVIS key.In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/8 of a turn clockwise This position activates electrical accessories If the engine fails to start using the registeredfrom the straight up position. such as the radio when the engine is not running. NVIS key, it may be due to interference caused by ON: Normal operating position (3) another NVIS key, an automated toll road deviceTo lock the steering wheel, turn the key to or automated payment device on the key ring.the LOCK position. Remove the key. To This position turns on the ignition system and the Restart the engine using the following proce-unlock the steering wheel, insert the key electrical accessories. dures:and turn it gently while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly right and left. START: (4) 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position This position starts the engine. As soon as the for approximately 5 seconds.If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi-tion, turn the steering wheel to the left or engine has started, release the key. It automati- 2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKright while turning the key to unlock the cally returns to the ON position. position and wait approximately 10 seconds.key cylinder. 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again. WARNING 4. Restart the engine while holding the device (which may have caused the interference)Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK separate from the registered NVIS key.position while driving. The steering wheelwill lock. This may cause the driver to lose If this procedure allows the engine to start,control of the vehicle and could result in NISSAN recommends placing the registeredserious vehicle damage or personal injury. NVIS key on a separate key ring to avoid interfer- ence from other devices.5-8 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 215. BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE● Make sure the area around the vehicle is 1. Apply the parking brake. cranking the engine, release the accel- clear. erator pedal. Crank the engine with your 2. Move the shift selector lever to P (Park) or N foot off the accelerator pedal by turn-● Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool- (Neutral). P (Park) is recommended. ing the ignition key to START. Release the ant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid as The shift selector lever cannot be key when the engine starts. If the engine frequently as possible, or at least whenever moved out of P (Park) and into any of starts, but fails to run, repeat the above you refuel. the other gear positions if the ignition procedure.● Check that all windows and lights are clean. key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition CAUTION● Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition. Also check tires for proper switch. Do not operate the starter for more than inflation. The starter is designed not to operate if 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does the shift selector lever is in any of the not start, turn the key off and wait 10● Lock all doors. driving positions. seconds before cranking again, otherwise● Position seat and adjust head restraints. the starter could be damaged. 3. Crank the engine with your foot off the● Adjust inside and outside mirrors. accelerator pedal by turning the ignition 4. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec- key to START. Release the key when the onds after starting. Do not race the engine● Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to while warming it up. Drive at moderate do likewise. run, repeat the above procedure. speed for a short distance first, especially in● Check the operation of warning lights when cold weather. the key is turned to the ON (3) position. See ● If the engine is very hard to start in ex- tremely cold weather or when restarting, In cold weather, keep the engine running for “Warning/indicator lights and audible re- depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap- a minimum of 2–3 minutes before shutting it minders” in the “Instruments and controls” proximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold it off. Starting and stopping the engine over a section of this manual. and then crank the engine. Release the short period of time may make the vehicle key and the accelerator pedal when the more difficult to start. engine starts. ● If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded, depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it. Crank the engine for 5-6 seconds. After Starting and driving 5-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 216. DRIVING THE VEHICLEENGINE PROTECTION MODE If: WARNINGThe engine has an engine protection mode to 1. The engine coolant temperature is not re- Overheating can result in reduced enginereduce the chance of damage if the coolant tem- duced. power and vehicle speed. The reducedperature becomes too high (for example, when speed may be lower than other traffic, 2. The air conditioning cooling function doesclimbing steep grades in high temperature with which could increase the chance of a col- not turn back ON.heavy loads, such as when towing a trailer). lision. Be especially careful when driving.When the engine temperature reaches a certain 3. The engine oil pressure warning/engine Pull to the side of the road to a safe area.level: coolant temperature high indicator il- Allow the engine to cool and return to ● The engine coolant temperature gauge will luminates, this may indicate a malfunction. normal operation. See “If your vehicle move toward the H position. Move the vehicle off the road in a safe area overheats” in the “In case of emergency” and allow the engine to cool. If after check- section of this manual. ● Engine power may be reduced. ing the oil and coolant, the remains ● The air conditioning cooling function may be on, do not continue to drive and call a CAUTION automatically turned OFF for a short time NISSAN dealer. Running the engine with the engine oil (the blower will continue to operate). pressure warning light on could cause se- The malfunction indicator lamp may also comeEngine power and, under some conditions, ve- ON. If only it remains on, you do not need to have rious damage to the engine almost imme-hicle speed will decrease. Vehicle speed can be your vehicle towed, but have it inspected soon by diately. Such damage is not covered bycontrolled with the accelerator pedal, but the a NISSAN dealer. See “Malfunction indicator warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as itvehicle may not accelerate at the desired speed. lamp” in the “Warning and indicator lights” sec- is safe to do so.The transmission will downshift or upshift as it tion of this manual.reaches prescribed shift points. You can alsoshift manually.As driving conditions change and engine coolanttemperature is reduced, vehicle speed can beincreased using the accelerator pedal, and airconditioning cooling function will automaticallybe turned back ON.5-10 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 217. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages. WARNING Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment.● Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu- Starting the vehicle tral) to R (Reverse), or L (Low). Always 1. After starting the engine, fully depress the depress the brake pedal until shifting is foot brake pedal before attempting to move completed. Failure to do so could cause the shift selector lever out of the P (Park) you to lose control and have an position. accident.● Cold engine idle speed is high, so use 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and caution when shifting into a forward or move the shift selector lever into a driving reverse gear before the engine has gear. warmed up. 3. Release the foot brake, then gradually start WSD0098● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse) the vehicle in motion. To move the selector lever: while the vehicle is moving. This could The automatic transmission is designed so : Shift while depressing the brake pedal cause an accident. the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P (Park) to any drive : Shift without depressing brake pedal CAUTION position while the ignition switch is in the ON position. Shifting – console● When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by de- The shift selector lever cannot be moved After starting the engine, fully depress the brake pressing the accelerator pedal. The foot out of P (Park) and into any of the other pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the brake should be used for this purpose. gear positions if the ignition key is turned P (Park) position.● Do not downshift abruptly on slippery to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if the roads. This may cause a loss of control. key is removed.The automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled to produce maximumpower and smooth operation. Starting and driving 5-11 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 218. R (Reverse): 4H: WARNINGApply the parking brake if the selector 62 MPH (100 km/h) CAUTIONlever is in any position while the engine is 4LO:not running. Failure to do so could cause Use this position only when the vehicle isthe vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll completely stopped. 31 MPH (50 km/h)away and result in serious personal injury Use this position to back up. Make sure the 3 (Third gear):or property damage. vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal Use this position for driving up and down longIf the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for slopes where engine braking would be advanta- must be depressed to move the selectorany reason while the vehicle is in N (Neutral), or geous. lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any driveany D (Drive) position, the key cannot be turned position to R (Reverse).to the LOCK position and be removed from the 2 (Second gear):ignition switch. Move the selector lever to the P N (Neutral): Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak-(Park) position, then the key can be turned to Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The ing on downhill grades.LOCK. engine can be started in this position. You may Do not downshift into the 2 position at speedsP (Park): shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving. over the following and do not exceed the follow-Use this selector position when the vehicle is ing speeds in the 2 position.parked or when starting the engine. Make sure D (Drive): 2WD and AUTO:the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake Use this position for all normal forward driving.pedal must be depressed to move the se- 71 MPH (115 km/h) w/o tow mode 4 (Fourth gear):lector lever from N (Neutral) or any drive 62 MPH (100 km/h) w/tow modeposition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake. Use this position for driving up and down longWhen parking on a hill, apply the parking brake slopes where engine braking would be advanta- 4H:first, then move the shift selector lever into the P geous. 62 MPH (100 km/h)(Park) position. Do not downshift into the 4 position at speeds 4LO: over the following and do not exceed the follow- ing speeds in the 4 position. 31 MPH (50 km/h)5-12 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 219. 1 (Low gear): WARNINGUse this position when climbing steep hills slowly Apply the parking brake if the selectoror slow driving through deep snow, sand or mud, lever is in any position while the engine isor for maximum engine braking on steep downhill not running. Failure to do so could causegrades. the vehicle to move unexpectedly or rollDo not downshift into the 1 position at speeds away and result in serious personal injuryover the following and do not exceed the follow- or property damage.ing speeds in the 1 position. If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for 2WD and AUTO: any reason while the vehicle is in N (Neutral), or 43 MPH (70 km/h) w/o tow mode any D (Drive) position, the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the 37 MPH (60 km/h) w/tow mode ignition switch. Move the selector lever to the P 4H: LSD0099 (Park) position, then the key can be turned to LOCK. 43 MPH (70 km/h) w/o tow mode To move the selector lever: P (Park): 37 MPH (60 km/h) w/tow mode : Shift while depressing the brake pedal Use this selector position when the vehicle is 4LO: : Shift without depressing brake pedal parked or when starting the engine. Make sure 31 MPH (50 km/h) Shifting – column the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se- After starting the engine, fully depress the brake lector lever from N (Neutral) or any drive pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake. P (Park) position. When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake first, then move the shift selector lever into the P (Park) position. Starting and driving 5-13 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 220. R (Reverse): M4 (Fourth): For driving up or down long slopes where engine CAUTION braking would be advantageous.Use this position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped. Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:Use this position to back up. Make sure the M1 ←→ M2 ←→ M3 ←→ M4vehicle is completely stopped before selecting M4 will be displayed on the position indicator inthe R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal the meter.must be depressed to move the selectorlever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any drive M3 (Third):position to R (Reverse). Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhillN (Neutral): grades.Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The LSD0100 Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:engine can be started in this position. You mayshift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engine Manual shift mode M1 ←→ M2 ←→ M3while the vehicle is moving. When the manual shift mode button is pressed M3 will be displayed on the position indicator inD (Drive): while driving, the transmission enters the manual the meter. shift mode. Shift ranges can be selected manu-Use this position for all normal forward driving. M2 (Second) ally. Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill In the manual shift mode, the shift range is dis- grades. played on the position indicator in the meter. After pressing the manual shift mode button, the posi- Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows: tion indicator first displays M4 (Fourth) M1 ←→ M2 Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows: M2 will be displayed on the position indicator in M1←→ M2 ←→ M3 ←→ M4←→D the meter.5-14 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 221. M1 (First): When canceling the manual shift mode:Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly Press the manual shift mode button to return theor driving slowly through deep snow, sand or transmission to the normal driving mode.mud, or for maximum engine braking on steep ● In the manual shift mode, the transmis-downhill grades. sion may not shift to the selected gearM1 will be displayed on the position indicator on immediately because of vehicle speed.the meter. The transmission will up or down shift when vehicle speed matches the pro- ● Remember not to drive at high speeds for grammed transmission shift points. extended periods of time in lower than M4 This helps maintain driving perfor- range. This reduces fuel economy. mance and reduces the chance of ve-When shifting up: hicle damage or loss of control.Move the selector lever to the + (up) side. (Shifts ● In the manual shift mode, the transmis- LSD0090to higher range.) sion will not up shift to a higher gear than is manually selected. When the Console shiftWhen shifting down: vehicle speed decreases, the transmis- Shift lock releaseMove the selector lever to the Ϫ (down) side. sion automatically shifts down and(Shifts to lower range.) shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle If the battery is discharged, the shift selector lever comes to a stop. may not be moved from the P (Park) position even ● The transmission will automatically down- with the brake pedal depressed. shift the gears. (For example, if you select the 3rd range, the transmission will shift down To move the shift selector lever, release the shift between the 3rd and 1st gears.) lock. The shift selector lever can be moved to N (Neutral). However, the steering wheel will be ● Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the side twice will shift the ranges in succession. ON position. This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged. To push the shift lock release, complete the fol- lowing procedure: Starting and driving 5-15 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 222. 6. Move the shift selector lever to the N (Neu- If the vehicle is driven under extreme con- tral) position while holding down the shift ditions, such as excessive wheel spinning lock release. and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe system may be activated. This will occur 7. Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the even if all electrical circuits are functioning steering wheel. Now the vehicle may be properly. In this case, turn the ignition key moved to the desired location. OFF and wait for 3 seconds. Then turn the If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of key back to the ON position. The vehicle P (Park), have a NISSAN dealer check the auto- should return to its normal operating con- matic transmission system as soon as possible. dition. If it does not return to its normal operating condition, have a NISSAN dealer WARNING check the transmission and repair it if nec- essary. If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position while the engine is LSD0101 running and the brake pedal is depressed, Column shift the stop lights may not work. Malfunction- 1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position ing stop lights could cause an accident and remove the key injuring yourself and others. 2. Apply the parking brake. Accelerator downshift 3. On vehicles equipped with a column shifter, — in D position — tilt the steering wheel down to the lowest For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel- position. erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis- 4. Remove the shift lock release cover as sion down into a lower gear, depending on the shown. vehicle speed. 5. Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock Fail-safe release slot and push down. When the fail-safe operation occurs, please note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition.5-16 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 223. PARKING BRAKE CRUISE CONTROL WARNING● Be sure the parking brake is fully re- leased before driving. Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident.● Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle.● Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake. When parking, be sure the parking brake is fully engaged.● Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle. They could release the parking brake and cause an accident. LSD0091 LSD0092 To engage: Firmly depress the parking brake. 1. ACCEL/RES switch To release: 2. COAST/SET switch 3. ON/OFF switch 1. Firmly apply the foot brake. 4. CANCEL switch 2. Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park) PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE position. CONTROL 3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release. ● If the cruise control system malfunctions, it cancels automatically. The SET indicator 4. Before driving, be sure the brake warning light in the instrument panel then blinks to light goes out. warn the driver. ● If the SET indicator light blinks, turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. Starting and driving 5-17 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 224. ● The SET indicator light may blink when the To turn on the cruise control, push the main The cruise control is automatically canceled and cruise control main switch is turned ON switch. The CRUISE indicator light in the instru- the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if: while pushing the ACCEL/RES, ment panel comes on. ● you depress the brake pedal while pushing COAST/SET, or CANCEL switch (located To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle to the ACCEL/RES or SET/COAST switch. on the steering wheel). To properly set the the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch The preset speed is deleted from memory. cruise control system, use the following pro- and release it. The SET indicator light in the cedures. instrument panel comes on. Take your foot off the ● the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH accelerator pedal. Your vehicle maintains the set (13 km/h) below the set speed. WARNING speed. ● you move the shift selector lever to N (Neu-Do not use the cruise control when driving ● To pass another vehicle, depress the ac- tral).under the following conditions: celerator pedal. When you release the To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one● When it is not possible to keep the pedal, the vehicle returns to the previously set speed. of the following three methods. vehicle at a set speed. ● The vehicle may not maintain the set speed ● Depress the accelerator pedal. When the● In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in vehicle attains the desired speed, push and speed. when going up or down steep hills. If this happens, drive without the cruise control. release the COAST/SET switch.● On winding or hilly roads. To cancel the preset speed, use one of the ● Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.● On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.). following three methods. When the vehicle attains the speed you de-● In very windy areas. sire, release the switch. ● Push the CANCEL button; the SET indicatorDoing so could cause a loss of vehicle light in the instrument panel goes out. ● Push and release the ACCEL/RES switch.control and result in an accident. Each time you do this, the set speed in- ● Tap the brake pedal; the SET indicator light creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). goes out.CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS ● Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISE To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneThe cruise control allows driving at a speed be- indicator light and SET indicator light in the of the following three methods.tween 25 - 89 MPH (40 - 144 km/h) without instrument panel go out. ● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. hicle attains the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch and release it.5-18 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 225. BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ● Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Re- ● Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain CAUTION lease the switch when the vehicle slows to cruising speeds with a constant accelerator the desired speed. During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), position. follow these recommendations to obtain ● Push and release the COAST/SET switch. maximum engine performance and en- ● Drive at moderate speeds on the highway. Each time you do this, the set speed de- sure the future reliability and economy of Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy. creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). your new vehicle. Failure to follow these ● Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.To resume the preset speed, push and re- recommendations may result in short- Maintain a safe distance behind other ve-lease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle re- ened engine life and reduced engine hicles.turns to the last set cruising speed when the performance. ● Use a proper gear range which suits roadvehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h). ● Avoid driving for long periods at constant conditions. On level roads, shift into high speed, either fast or slow, and do not run the gear as soon as possible. engine over 4,000 rpm. ● Avoid unnecessary engine idling. ● Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear. ● Keep your engine tuned up. ● Avoid quick starts. ● Follow the recommended periodic mainte- ● Avoid hard braking as much as possible. nance schedule. ● Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles ● Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres- (800 km). Your engine, axle or other parts sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear could be damaged. and lowers fuel economy. ● Keep the front wheels in correct alignment. Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy. ● Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy. Use the air conditioner only when necessary. Starting and driving 5-19 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 226. USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) ● When cruising at highway speeds, it is more CAUTION TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING economical to use the air conditioner and PROCEDURES leave the windows closed to reduce drag. ● Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads. Driv- The part time 4WD system provides 3 positions ● Use 4H or 4L position only when ing on dry, hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO (2WD, 4H and 4LO), so you can select the necessary. Four-wheel drive operation low- may cause unnecessary noise, tire wear desired drive mode according to the driving con- ers fuel economy. and increased fuel consumption. ditions. If the 4WD warning light turns on when 2WD or 4WD shift procedure: you are driving on dry hard surface roads: ● in the 4H position, shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD. ● in the 4LO position, stop the vehicle, move the automatic transmission shift selector lever to the N position with the brake pedal depressed, and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD. ● If the warning light is still on after the above operation, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. ● The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly.5-20 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 227. 4WD Indicator Light Shift Wheels 4WD Transfer Use Conditions 4WD Shift Procedure Switch Driven shift 4LO posi- Position tion Move the 4WD switch. 2WD <—> 4H Rear For driving on dry, paved roads (Economy drive) 4WD shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift position engaged. wheels or state dynamometer I/M testing IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO MOVE THE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 2WD SELECT LEVER TO THE N POSITION IN THIS OPERATION. PERFORM THIS OPERATION WHEN DRIVING STRAIGHT. 4 For driving on rocky, sandy or snow-covered wheels roads 4H Neutral Neutral disengages the automatic transmission 1. Stop the vehicle. *1 mechanical parking lock, which will allow the 2. With the brake pedal depressed, move the automatic transmission May blink vehicle to roll. Do not leave the transfer shift po- selector lever to the N position. sition in Neutral.*2 3. With the brake pedal depressed, push the 4WD shift switch and move it to 4LO or 4H. 4 For use when maximum power and traction is THE TRANSFER CASE DOES NOT ENGAGE BETWEEN 4H AND 4LO wheels required (for example: on steep grades or rocky, (OR 4LO TO 4H) UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST STOPPED THE VEHICLE, 4LO Illuminated sandy, muddy roads) DEPRESSED THE BRAKE PEDAL AND MOVED THE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL. *3*1: Before moving the automatic transmission shift lever from neutral, wait until the 4LO indicator light stays on steady. This indicates that the 4WD shift procedure is completed and thetransfer gear is correctly set in the 4LO position. If the vehicle is shifted into gear before the indicator is on steady, the transfer gear may grind, not engage correctly or stay in the neutralposition.- If the 4WD warning light illuminates, perform the following procedure to return the transfer case to correct operating condition.1. Turn off the engine by turning the ignition switch ЉOFFЉ.2. Start the engine.- Check that the 4WD warning light turns off. If the 4WD light illuminates, have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.3. Apply the parking brake, depress the brake pedal and move the automatic transmission shift selector lever to Neutral position.4. With the brake pedal depressed, move the 4WD shift switch to desired mode.- Be sure to wait until the transfer gear change completes before shifting the automatic transmission shift selector lever from Neutral position.*2: While changing in and out of 4LO, the ignition key must be ON and the vehicle’s engine must be running for a shift to take place and for the indicator lights (4WD shift and 4LO positionindicator) to be operable. Otherwise, the shift will not take place and no indicator lights will be on or flashing.*3: Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO. Starting and driving 5-21 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 228. The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to ● The 4LO indicator light must stop blink- ● Do not shift the 4WD shift switch (be-select either 2WD or 4WD depending on the ing and remain illuminated or turn off tween 2WD and 4H) while driving ondriving conditions. There are three types of drive before shifting the transmission into steep downhill grades. Use the enginemodes available, 2WD, 4H and 4LO. gear. If the transmission selector is brake and low automatic transmissionThe 4WD shift switch electronically controls the shifted from the “N” position to any gears (D1 or D2) for engine braking.transfer case operation. Rotate the switch to other gear when the 4LO indicator light ● Do not operate the 4WD shift switch is blinking, the vehicle may movemove between each mode, 2WD, 4H and 4LO. (between 2WD and 4H) with the rear unexpectedly. wheels spinning.To change into or out of 4LO, the vehicleMUST be stationary, shift the automatic CAUTION ● Do not drive on dry hard surface roadstransmission selector lever to neutral, and in the 4H or 4LO position. Driving on dry ● Never shift the 4WD shift switch be- hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may causedepress the brake pedal. The switch must tween 4LO and 4H while driving. unnecessary noise and tire wear.be pushed and turned to select 4LO. ● The 4H position provides greater trac- NISSAN recommends driving in the WARNING tion. Avoid excessive speed, as it will 2WD position under these conditions. cause increased fuel consumption and ● The 4WD transfer case may not be● When parking, apply the parking brake higher oil temperatures, and could before stopping the engine and make shifted between 4H and 4LO at low am- damage drivetrain components. bient temperatures and the transfer sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is Speeds over 62.5 MPH (100 km/h) in 4H on and the ATP warning light goes off. 4LO position indicator light may blink is not recommended. even when the 4WD shift switch is Otherwise, the vehicle could unexpect- edly move even if the automatic trans- ● The 4LO position provides maximum shifted. After driving for a while you can mission is in the P position. power and traction. Avoid raising ve- change the 4WD transfer case between hicle speed excessively, as the maxi- 4H and 4LO. mum speed is approximately 31 MPH (50 km/h). ● When driving straight, shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position. Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing.5-22 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 229. When driving on rough roads, ● When the vehicle is stopped after mak- ing a turn, you may feel a slight jolt ● Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO. after the selector lever is shifted to N or ● Drive carefully according to the road surface P. This occurs because the transfer conditions. clutch is released and not because of a malfunction.When the vehicle is stuck, ● Use the Electronic Locking Rear Differential CAUTION (E-Lock) system (if so equipped). Turn the ● When driving straight, shift the 4WD switch ON while the vehicle is stationary and shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position. apply the throttle to try to free the vehicle. Do not move the 4WD shift switch when ● Place stones or wooden blocks under the making a turn or reversing. tires to free the vehicle. ● Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while ● Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO. WSD0102 driving on steep downhill grades. Use the engine brake and low automatic ● If it is difficult to free the vehicle, rock the 4WD shift switch operations transmission gears (D1 or D2) for en- vehicle back and forth between reverse and gine braking. drive gears. ● Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the 2WD, 4H or 4LO position, depending on ● Do not operate the 4WD shift switch ● If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud, tire chains with the rear wheels spinning. driving conditions. may be effective. ● If the 4WD shift switch is operated ● Before placing the 4WD shift switch in CAUTION while making a turn, accelerating or the 4H position from 2WD, ensure the decelerating or if the key switch is vehicle speed is less than 62.5 MPH● Do not spin the tires excessively. Tires (100 km/h). Failure to do so can dam- turned off while in the 4H or 4LO, you will sink deep into the mud, making it age the 4WD system. may feel a jerk. This is not abnormal. difficult to free the vehicle. ● Never shift the 4WD shift switch be-● Avoid shifting gears with the engine tween 4LO and 4H while driving. running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction. Starting and driving 5-23 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 230. The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the malfunctioning drive system. If the indi- odometer display. cator does not return to normal and the 4WD warning light comes on, have the The light should turn off within 1 second after system checked by the nearest NISSAN turning the ignition switch to the ON position. dealer. While the engine is running, the 4WD shift indi- 4WD warning light cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch. Comes on or blinks ● The 4WD shift indicator light may blink Warning light when: while shifting from one drive mode to the other. When the shifting is com- pleted, the 4WD shift indicator light There is a malfunc- will come on. If the indicator light does Comes on tion in the 4–wheel LSD0094 drive system not come on immediately, make sure4WD shift indicator light the area around the vehicle is safe, and drive the vehicle straight, accelerate or The transfer case decelerate or move the vehicle in re- Blinks rapidly oil temperature is verse, then shift the 4WD shift switch. abnormally high ● If the 4WD warning light comes on, the The difference in 4WD indicator light goes out. Blinks slowly wheel rotation is large CAUTION ● If the 4WD shift indicator light indica- The 4WD warning light is located in the meter. tion changes to 2WD when the 4WD The 4WD warning light comes on when the key shift switch is shifted to the 4H position at low ambient temperatures, the 2WD switch is turned to ON. It turns off soon after the mode may be being engaged due to engine is started.5-24 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 231. ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL (E-Lock) SYSTEM (if so equipped)If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system ● When the warning light comes on, the The E-Lock system can provide additional trac-when the key switch is ON, the warning light will 2WD mode may be engaged even if the tion and should only be used when a vehicle haseither remain illuminated or blink. 4WD shift switch is in 4H. Be especially become or is becoming stuck. This system oper- careful when driving. If corresponding ates by electronically “locking” the two rear driveIf the 4WD warning light comes on, the 4WD parts are malfunctioning, the 4WD wheels together, allowing them to turn at theshift indicator light goes out. mode will not be engaged even if the same speed. The system is used when it is notHigh-temperature transfer case oil makes the 4WD shift switch is shifted. possible to free a stuck vehicle even when usingwarning light blink rapidly (about twice per sec- ● Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO the 4LO position (4 wheel drive vehicles).ond). If the warning light blinks rapidly during position on dry hard surface roads. Driv- When added traction is required, activate theoperation, stop the vehicle in a safe place imme- ing on dry, hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO E-Lock system by pushing the switch ON. Seediately. Then if the light goes off after a while, you may cause unnecessary noise, tire wear “Electronic Locking Rear Differential (E-Lock)can continue driving. and increased fuel consumption. system switch” in the “Instruments and Controls”A large difference between the diameters of front If the 4WD warning light turns on when section. Once the system fully engages, the indi-and rear wheels will make the warning light blink you are driving on dry hard surface roads: cator light in the instrument panel will remain ON.slowly (about once per two seconds). Change ● in the 4H position, shift the 4WD shift When the system is activated, both rear wheelsthe 4WD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive switch to 2WD. will engage, providing added traction.fast. ● in the 4LO position, stop the vehicle, The rear wheels may momentarily slip or move to move the automatic transmission engage the system, and the system will only CAUTION shift selector lever to the N position function up to approximately 4 MPH (6 km/h).● If the warning light comes on or blinks with the brake pedal depressed, and Once the vehicle is free, the system should be slowly during operation or rapidly after shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD. turned OFF and driving resumed. stopping the vehicle for a while, have ● If the warning light is still on after the your vehicle checked by a NISSAN The Anti-Lock Brake (ABS) system is disabled above operation, have your vehicle and the ABS light illuminates when the E-Lock dealer as soon as possible. checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as system is ON. Also, the Vehicle Dynamic Control● Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not possible. (VDC) system is disabled and the VDC light recommended when the 4WD warning ● The transfer case may be damaged if illuminates when the E-Lock system is ON. light turns on. you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly. Starting and driving 5-25 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 232. PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS WARNING● Never leave the E-Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard-surfaced roads. Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury. After us- ing the E-Lock system to free the ve- hicle, turn the system OFF.● Use the electronic locking rear differen- tial (E-Lock) system only when freeing a stuck vehicle. Never use the E-Lock sys- tem on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice surface. Using the E-Lock system when driving in these road con- WSD0050 ditions may cause unexpected move- WARNING ● Never leave the engine running while ment of the vehicle during engine brak- the vehicle is unattended. ing, accelerating or turning, which may ● Do not stop or park the vehicle over result in an accident and serious per- flammable materials such as dry grass, ● Do not leave children unattended inside sonal injury. waste paper or rags. They may ignite the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- and cause a fire. tivate switches or controls. Unattended CAUTION children could become involved in seri- ● Safe parking procedures require that ous accidents.● After using the E-Lock system, turn the both the parking brake be set and the switch OFF to prevent possible damage to transmission placed into P (Park). Fail- 1. Firmly apply the parking brake. driveline components from extended use. ure to do so could cause the vehicle to 2. Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park) move unexpectedly or roll away and re-● Do not drive over 12 MPH (20 km/h) sult in an accident. Make sure the shift position. when the system is engaged. Doing so lever has been pushed as far forward as 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into could result in possible damage to the it can go and cannot be moved without driveline. traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good depressing the foot brake pedal. practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.5-26 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 233. POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM● HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: ᭺ A The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic The brake system has two separate hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, to assist steering. circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, you have braking at two wheels. gently touches the curb. will still have control of the vehicle. However, BRAKE PRECAUTIONS much greater steering effort is needed, especially● HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: ᭺ B in sharp turns and at low speeds. Vacuum assisted brakes Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side WARNING The brake booster aids braking by using engine wheel gently touches the curb. vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the If the engine is not running or is turned off vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,● HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO while driving, the power assist for the greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be CURB: ᭺ C steering will not work. Steering will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis- much harder to operate. tance will be longer. Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen- ter of the road if it moves. Using the brakes4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while and remove the key. driving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out the brakes and pads faster, and reduce gas mileage. To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control. Starting and driving 5-27 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Titan (tzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/26/04—tbrooks ੭
  • 234. This procedure is described in the vehicle service ing abruptly or when braking on a slippery road. WARNING manual and can be performed by a NISSAN Thus, difficult steering and swerving of the ve-● While driving on a slippery surface, be dealer. hicle due to locked wheels is minimized. The careful when braking, accelerating or system detects the wheel rotation rate and elec- downshifting. Abrupt braking or accel- ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) tronically controls the pressure applied to each erating could cause the wheels to skid brake. Slight vibration on the brake pedal accom- The anti-lock brake system controls the brakes so and result in an accident. panied by noise usually occurs while the ABS